diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000 |
commit | 79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (patch) | |
tree | 32074e03eec88cf72e5973ddff176a0534c77dff /macros/blu | |
parent | 084f5d8435744b7ea7ef487ec111a7bfd100ed62 (diff) |
CTAN sync 202401310301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/blu')
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/address.dat | 234 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/blue.tex | 4225 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/fmt.dat | 1418 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/lit.dat | 2375 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/pic.dat | 1358 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/readme.fst | 120 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | macros/blu/tools.dat | 2082 |
7 files changed, 0 insertions, 11812 deletions
diff --git a/macros/blu/address.dat b/macros/blu/address.dat deleted file mode 100644 index b052997064..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/address.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -%Address database, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Setup Januari 1995 -%Conventions -%\def\<name>{% -%Name of person or organization -%\\Affiliation -%\email{...} -%\phone{...} -%\fax{...} -%\private{<privat address>} -%} -%The \email, \phone and \fax are extra, -%when defined as gobble they won't hinder. -\lst\adamskim{Marcin -\\Marcin M Adamski -\\Centrum Banacha pok. 3 -\\Ul. Mokotowska 25 -\\00-950 Warszawa -\\POLAND -\phone{} -\email{adamski@impan.impan.gov.pl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\bollandj{Julita -\\Julita Bolland -\\Ul. Kaspyska 2m.2 -\\02-760 Warszawa -\\POLAND -\phone{0 48 (0)22 421767} -\email{julitab@plearn.edu.pl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\bzylw{W{\l}odek -\\W Bzyl -\\Borowikowa 27m.4 -\\81080 Gdynia -\\POLAND -\phone{0 23 (0)85 84} -\email{matwb@halina.univ.gda.pl} -} -\lst\coninckl{Luc -\\L de Coninck -\\De Kraal -\\Zeedijk 101 -\\8400 Ostende -\\BELGIUM -\phone{059 506139} -\email{ldc@kihwv.be} -\registeredbluetrue\no{1} -} -\lst\creiderc{Chet -\\C Creider -\\Canada -\email{creider@csd.uwo.ca} -%\registeredbluetrue\no{2}%??? -} -\lst\dolw{Wietse -\\W Dol -\\Coebergerstr. 12 -\\5624 AV Eindhoven -\\The Netherlands -\phone{040 467083} -\email{W.Dol@LEI.AGRO.NL} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\frambachehm{Erik -\\Erik Frambach -\\Boelemaheerd 32 -\\Groningen -\email{e.h.m.frambach@eco.rug.nl} -\phone{050 633785 privat: 050-421826} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\gorbunovai{Irina -\\Irina and Sergei Gorbunovi -\\Dimitrovski Pr. {\oldstyle8}, KB {\oldstyle93} -\\{\oldstyle125422} Moscow -\\RUSSIA -\phone{095 9768261} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{hon} -} -\lst\grinevaoa{Olienka -\\O.A Grineva -\\Kosigina {\oldstyle11}-{\oldstyle2}, KB {\oldstyle322} -\\{\oldstyle195426} St.\ Peterburg -\\RUSSIA -\phone{00-7-812-5206186} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\oljagpo{Olja -\\O.A Grineva -\\OS-{\oldstyle426} Post Office Box {\oldstyle153} -\\{\oldstyle195426} St. Peterburg -\\RUSSIA -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\hendricksona{Amy -\\A Hendrickson -\\57 Longwood Avenue -\\Brookline MA 02146 -\\USA -\email{amyh@ai.mit.edu} -\phone{617-738-8029} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\isf{ISF -\\International Science Foundation -\\Washington -\\USA -\fax{202 342 2765} -} -\lst\jancm{Mirko -\\M Janc -\\Texhnical Typesetting Inc. -\\1510 Caton Center Drive Suite E -\\Baltimore MD 21227 -\\USA -\phone{410 987 1822} -\privat{613 Waterwheel Lane -\\Apt 34 MIllersville -\\MD 21108 -\\USA} -} -\lst\jascowskib{Bogus{\l}aw -\\B Jascowski -\\Ul. Tatrza\'nska 6/1 -\\80331 Gdansk -\\POLAND -\phone{0 48 (0)58 567877} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\knuthde{Prof.\ Knuth -\\D.E Knuth -\\Department of The Art of Computer Programming -\\Stanford University -\\Stanford CA 94305 -\\USA -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\kolodziejskah{Hanna -\\H Ko{\l}odziejskah -\\Ul. Rembielinska 15m.131 -\\03-352 Warszawa -\\POLAND -\phone{614 08 11} -\email{hkolo@plearn.edu.pl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\laancgvander{Kees -\\C.G van der Laan -\\Hunzeweg 57 -\\9893 PB Garnwerd -\\Garnwerd (Gr) -% \\The Netherlands -\phone{31 (0)5941 1525} -\email{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-100} -} -\lst\makhovayai{Irina -\\I Makhovaya -\\MIR Publishers -\\Pervy Rishsky Pr. 2 -\\129820 Moscow -\\RUSSIA -\email{cyrtug@mir.msk.su} -\phone{286 06 22} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\nemogak{Karol -\\RNDr Karol Nemoga Csc -\\Obchodno 4 -\\Bratuslava -\\SLOWAKY -\phone{07 3309 224} -\email{nemoga@savba.cs} -} -\lst\nesgjhv{Gerard -\\G J H van Nes -\\Dars 9 -\\1751 PD Schagerbrug -%\\The Netherlands -\phone{02247-1918} %ecn: \phone{02246-4185}, \fax{02246-1864} -\email{vannes@ecn.nl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\ntg{NTG -\\Nederlandstalige \TeX{} Gebruikersgroep -\\Postbus 394 -\\1740 AJ Schagen -%\\The Netherlands -\email{ntg@nic.surfnet.nl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\ryckom{Marek -\\M Ry\'cko -\\Ul. Anielewicza 23m.68 -\\01-026 Warszawa -\\POLAND -\phone{0 48 (0)22 386258} -\email{marek@camk.edu.pl} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\salomond{David -\\D Salomon -\\11835 Sapota Dr. -\\Lakeside CA 92040 -\\USA -\email{dxs@ms.secs.csun.edu} -\phone{09 619 443 6528} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\temme{Nico -\\N.M Temme -\\P. van Wijngaardlaan 18 -\\1391 VD Abcoude -%\\THE NETHERLANDS -\email{nicot@cwi.nl} -\phone{02946 3345} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\lst\winninkj{Jos -\\Jos Winnink -\\Centraal Plan Bureau -\\Applied Mathematics and Computer Science Department -\\van Stolkweg 14 -\\PO Box 80510 -\\2508GM Den Haag -%\\THE NETHERLANDS -\email{jos.winnink@cpb.nl} -\phone{31) 70 338 3339 privat: 050-421826} -\fax{(31) 70 338 3350} -\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1} -} -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/blu/blue.tex b/macros/blu/blue.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 0aa5d33fb8..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/blue.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4225 +0,0 @@ -%To prevent double loading -\ifx\beginscript\undefined\else -\message{---not loaded---}\endinput\fi -%The material is shareware and subject -%to the separate note on copyright. -% -%To print the format properly, copy -%the following 11-lines job and -%substitute the semicolon token -%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x) -% ---Kees--- -%\input blue.tex -%\hfuzz10pt -%\title{File: blue.tex} -%\issue{Version 1.0} -%\beginscript -%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0 -% \catcode`\!=12 -% \catcode`\|=12 -% \input blue.tex} -%\beginverbatim -%`semi-col'endverbatim -%\endscript -% -% -% -%Copyright Notice BLUe's Format system -%------------------------------------- -%The software -% blue.tex -% fmt.dat -% tools.dat -%is shareware available. It is not allowed -%to make any profit on it. A happy user is -%requested to send US$25 to the author, or -%better still according to the Macindex the -%equivalent of 20 breads in US dollars. -%(twenty-five US dollar) -% C.G van der Laan -% Hunzeweg 57 -% 9893 PB Garnwerd -% The Netherlands -% (cgl@rc.service.rug.nl) -%The contributors will be added to my -% register.blu database. -%Russian users are relieved for the moment -%from the shareware request, with respect -%to personal use. -%Auxiliary and personalized files are the -%databases -% address.dat addresses -% lit.dat references -% pic.dat pictures. -% -%The main reason to ask for shareware support -%is to protect myself against too many request, -%and to raise some funds to continue my \TeX{} -%work. -% -%The user's guide `Publishing with \TeX,' and the -%accompanying articles are free for personal use. -% -% March, 1995 -% C.G van der Laan%;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description% -\message{ ---blue.tex 1.0, Jan 95, cgl--- } -% ;nonum -%This file blue.tex accompanies -%Publishing with TeX by Kees van der Laan -%Available from CTAN: -%-pwt.scr (user's guide, which invokes -% the chapters: pwt.int, -.txt, -.mat -% -.tab, -.grf, -.ref, -.ind, -.cus -% -.aft, -.fmt, -.tls, -.tot, -.his, -% next to the dynamical generated -% answers, examples, contents and index.) -%-blue.tex (macros) -%-fmt.dat, tools.dat, -%-lit.dat, pic.dat, address.dat. -%Author: C.G. van der Laan -% Hunzeweg 57 -% 9893 PB Garnwerd -% The Netherlands -% 31 (0)594 62 1525 -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Purpose: general independent format. -%It is composed of -%-- abbreviations, from tugboat.cmn -%-- manmac.tex (+customization macros) -%-- ppt.tex, my preprint proposal, from -% TUGboat BLUes -%-- miscellaneous additions -%-- \eqalign family with multi-alignment -% point, from Math into BLUes -%-- icon macros via LaTeX's line fonts -%-- btable.tex, my bordered table macros, -% from Table Diversions -%-- vrb.tex (my verbatim mode suite), from -% BLUe's Verbatim -%-- macros for cross-referencing, from -% BLUe's Cross-Referencing -%-- macros for bibliography handling, from -% BLUe's Bibliography -%-- gkppic.tex a subset of gkpmac.tex for -% LaTeX's picture environment -%-- turtle graphics -%-- trs.tex for overhead transparencies -%-- crs.tex for crosswords via plain -%-- macros for creating an index -% from BLUe's Index -%The problem is to keep the constituent -%collections unaltered. -%For each set a table of contents has -%been added to locate macros. -%The reason for putting it all in one file -%is to handle conflicting items and to -%facilitate fast loading, read make it a -%format. -%Note. In order to process this file -%verbatim the semicolon has been reserved -%as escape character. -%The files have not been ordered alphabe- -%tically, due to the hierarchy. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%;newpage -% -% -% -\catcode`\@=11 -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations% -%;numvrb -%Abbreviations borrowed from tugboat.cmn. -\newcount\TestCount -\def\smc{\tensmc} -\def\SMC{\ninerm} -\font\tensmc=cmcsc10 - -\def\AllTeX{(\La)\TeX} - -\def\AMS{American Mathematical Society} - -\def\AmS{{\the\textfont2 A}\kern-.1667em% - \lower.5ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}% - \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}} -\def\AmSTeX{\AmS-\TeX} - \def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}%Addition -\def\aw{A\kern.1em-W} -\def\AW{Addison\kern.1em-\penalty\z@ - \hskip\z@skip Wesley} - -\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\smc i% - \kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}} - -\def\CandT{{\sl Computers \& - Typesetting}} - -\def\DVItoVDU{DVIto\kern-.12em VDU} - -\def\ISBN{{\SMC ISBN} } - -% Japanese TeX -\def\JTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{\lower.5ex% - \hbox{J}\kern-.18em\TeX}} - -\def\JoT{{\sl The Joy of \TeX}} - -\def\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern - -.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}\kern-.2em% - \lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}% - \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX} - \let\LAmsTeX=\LAMSTeX%addition -\def\La{\TestCount=\the\fam \leavevmode - L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount - \scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}} -\def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX} - -% for Robert McGaffey -\def\Mc{\setbox\TestBox=\hbox{M}M\vbox - to\ht\TestBox{\hbox{c}\vfil}} - -\font\manual=logo10 -% font used for the METAFONT logo, etc. -\def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}} -\def\MP{{\manual META}\-{\smc post}} -\def\MFB{{\sl The \slMF book}} - -% multilingual (INRS) TeX -\def\mtex{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex% - \hbox{\^E}\kern-.125emX} - -\def\pcMF{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox - {p\kern-.3ptc}MF} -\def\PCTeX{PC\thinspace\TeX} -\def\pcTeX{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox - {p\kern-.3ptc}\TeX} - -\def\Pas{Pascal} - -\def\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex% - \hbox{I}\kern-.075emC} -\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX} - -\def\plain{{\tt plain}} - -\def\POBox{P.\thinspace O.\ Box } -\def\POBoxTUG{\POBox\unskip\ 21041, - Santa Barbara, CA93121-1041, USA} - -\def\PS{{Post\-Script}} - -\def\SC{Steering Committee} - -\def\SGML{{\SMC SGML}} - -\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\smc - l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em\TeX}} - -\def\slMF{\MF} -%Use \font\manualsl=logosl10 instead, -%if it's available, for -%\def\slMF{{\manualsl META}\-{\manualsl -% FONT}} - -% Atari ST (Klaus Guntermann) -\def\stTeX{{\smc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}} - -\def\TANGLE{{\tt TANGLE}} - -\def\TB{{\sl The \TeX book}} -\def\TP{{\sl \TeX\/}: - {\sl The Program\/}} - -\def\TeX{T\hbox{\kern-.1667em% - \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} - -\def\TeXhax{\TeX hax} - -% Don Hosek -\def\TeXMaG{\TeX M\kern-.1667em% - \lower.5ex\hbox{A}\kern-.2267emG} - -\def\TeXtures{{\it Textures}} -\let\Textures=\TeXtures - -\def\TeXXeT{\TeX--X\kern-.125em% - \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT} - -\def\ttn{{\sl TTN}} -\def\TTN{{\sl \TeX{} and TUG News}} - -\def\tubfont{\sl} -\def\TUB{{\tubfont TUGboat\/}} - -\def\TUG{\TeX\ \UG} - -\def\UG{Users Group} - -\def\UNIX{{\SMC UNIX}} - -\def\VAX{\leavevmode\hbox{V\kern-.12em% - A\kern-.1em X}} - -\def\VorTeX{V\kern-2.7pt\lower.5ex% - \hbox{O\kern-1.4pt R}\kern-2.6pt\TeX} - -\def\XeT{\leavevmode\hbox{X\kern-.125em% - \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}} - -\def\WEB{{\tt WEB}} -\def\WEAVE{{\tt WEAVE}} -%Additions -\def\maps#1#2{MAPS {\oldstyle#1}.% - {\oldstyle#2}}%;nonum -% -%Although not necessary because of -%alphabetical ordering, I supplied -%also -% -%Table of contents abbreviations TUG -%\AllTeX..........................7 -%\AMS.............................9 -%\AmS, \AmSTeX...................14 -%\aw.............................16 -%\AW.............................17 -%\BibTeX.....................20, 21 -%\CandT......................23, 24 -%\DVItoVDU.......................26 -%\ISBN...........................28 -%\JTeX.......................31, 32 -%\JoT............................34 -%\LAMSTeX....................36--39 -%\La.........................41--43 -%\LaTeX..........................44 -%\maps (added) -%\Mc.........................47--48 -%\MF.............................52 -%\mf.............................53 -%\MFB........................54, 55 -%\mtex.......................57, 58 -%\pcMF.......................60, 61 -%\PCTeX..........................62 -%\pcTeX......................63, 64 -%\Pas............................66 -%\PiCTeX.........................70 -%\plain..........................72 -%\POBox..........................74 -%\POBoxTUG...................75--76 -%\PS.............................78 -%\SC.............................80 -%\SGML...........................82 -%\SliTeX.....................84, 85 -%\slMF......................%90, 91 -%\stTeX..........................94 -%\TANGLE.........................96 -%\TB.............................98 -%\TP.............................99 -%\TeX......................102, 103 -%\TeXhax........................105 -%\TeXMaG...................108, 109 -%\TeXtures......................111 -%\TeXXeT...................114, 115 -%\ttn...........................117 -%\TTN...........................118 -%\TUB...........................121 -%\TUG...........................123 -%\UG............................125 -%\UNIX..........................127 -%\VAX......................129, 130 -%\VorTeX...................132, 133 -%\XeT......................135, 136 -%\WEB...........................138 -%\WEAVE.........................139 -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac% -%;numvrb -%manmac.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Knuth's macros for formatting The TeXbook -%and The METAfont book. -% -%\catcode`@=11 -% -\font\tentex=cmtex10 - -\font\inchhigh=cminch -\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 40pt - -\font\ninerm=cmr9 -\font\eightrm=cmr8 -\font\sixrm=cmr6 - -\font\ninei=cmmi9 -\font\eighti=cmmi8 -\font\sixi=cmmi6 -\skewchar\ninei='177 -\skewchar\eighti='177 -\skewchar\sixi='177 - -\font\ninesy=cmsy9 -\font\eightsy=cmsy8 -\font\sixsy=cmsy6 -\skewchar\ninesy='60 -\skewchar\eightsy='60 -\skewchar\sixsy='60 - -\font\eightss=cmssq8 - -\font\eightssi=cmssqi8 - -\font\ninebf=cmbx9 -\font\eightbf=cmbx8 -\font\sixbf=cmbx6 - -\font\ninett=cmtt9 -\font\eighttt=cmtt8 - -\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 % inhibit hyphenation - % in typewriter type -\hyphenchar\ninett=-1 -\hyphenchar\eighttt=-1 - -\font\ninesl=cmsl9 -\font\eightsl=cmsl8 - -\font\nineit=cmti9 -\font\eightit=cmti8 - -\font\tenu=cmu10 % unslanted text italic -\font\magnifiedfiverm=cmr5 at 10pt -%Next two not available on my system -%\font\manual=manfnt % font used for the - % METAFONT logo, etc. -%\font\cmman=cmman % font used for -% -%miscellaneous Computer Modern variations -\newskip\ttglue -\def\tenpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\tenrm}% - \textfont0=\tenrm\scriptfont0=\sevenrm - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm - \textfont1=\teni \scriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\tensy\scriptfont2=\sevensy - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy - \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \def\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}\def\oldstyle - {\fam1 \teni}\textfont\itfam=\tenit - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\tensl}% - \textfont\slfam=\tensl - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}% - \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}% - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt - \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=12pt plus1pt minus1pt - \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}% - \let\sc=\eightrm - \let\big=\tenbig - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule - height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@}% - \normalbaselines\rm} - -\def\ninepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\ninerm}% - \textfont0=\ninerm\scriptfont0=\sixrm - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm - \textfont1=\ninei\scriptfont1=\sixi - \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\ninesy\scriptfont2=\sixsy - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy - \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \def\it{\fam\itfam\nineit}\def\oldstyle - {\fam1 \ninei}\textfont\itfam=\nineit - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\ninesl}% - \textfont\slfam=\ninesl - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\ninebf}% - \textfont\bffam=\ninebf - \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\ninett}% - \textfont\ttfam=\ninett - \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=11pt plus1pt minus1pt - \def\MF{{\manual hijk}\-{\manual lmnj}}% - \let\sc=\sevenrm - \let\big=\ninebig - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8pt - depth3pt width\z@}% - \normalbaselines\rm} - -\def\eightpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\eightrm}% - \textfont0=\eightrm \scriptfont0=\sixrm - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm - \textfont1=\eighti \scriptfont1=\sixi - \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\eightsy \scriptfont2=\sixsy - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy - \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \def\it{\fam\itfam\eightit}\def\oldstyle - {\fam1 \eighti}\textfont\itfam=\eightit - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\eightsl}% - \textfont\slfam=\eightsl - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\eightbf}% - \textfont\bffam=\eightbf - \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\eighttt}% - \textfont\ttfam=\eighttt - \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=10pt plus1pt minus1pt - \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}% - \let\sc=\sixrm - \let\big=\eightbig - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt - depth2pt width\z@}% - \normalbaselines\rm} - -\def\tenmath{\tenpoint\fam-1 } % use after $ - % in ninepoint sections -\def\tenbig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5pt{}% - \right.\n@space$}}} -\def\ninebig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\tenrm - \textfont2=\tensy - \left#1\vbox to7.25pt{}\right.\n@space$}}} -\def\eightbig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\ninerm - \textfont2=\ninesy - \left#1\vbox to6.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}} -% Page layout -\newdimen\manmachsize\newdimen\manmacvsize -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight -\newdimen\manmacparindent\newdimen\ruleht%Cornrules -\manmachsize29pc\manmacvsize44pc\maxdepth2.2pt -\manmacparindent=3pc \ruleht=.5pt -\pagewidth\manmachsize\pageheight\manmacvsize -\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt -\belowdisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt -\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt -\belowdisplayshortskip=4pt plus 3pt - -\newinsert\footins -\def\manmacfootnote#1{\edef\@sf{\spacefactor - \the\spacefactor}#1\@sf - \insert\footins\bgroup\eightpoint - \interlinepenalty100 \let\par=\endgraf - \leftskip=\z@skip \rightskip=\z@skip - \splittopskip=10pt plus 1pt minus 1pt - \floatingpenalty=20000 - \smallskip\item{#1}\bgroup\strut - \aftergroup\@foot\let\next} - -\skip\footins=12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt -% space added when footnote is present -\count\footins=1000 -% footnote magnification factor (1 to 1) -\dimen\footins=30pc -% maximum footnotes per page - -\newinsert\margin -\dimen\margin=\maxdimen -\count\margin=0 \skip\margin=0pt -% marginal inserts take up no space - -\newif\iftitle -\def\titlepage{\global\titletrue} -% for pages without headlines -\def\rhead{} % contains the running headline - -\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{% - \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the - % baseline - \llap{\tenbf\folio\kern1pc}% folio to - % left of text - \tenit\rhead\hfil% running head flush left -}} -\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{% - \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the - % baseline - \hfil\tenit\rhead\/% running head flush - % right - \rlap{\kern1pc\tenbf\folio}% folio to - % right of text -}} - -\def\onepageout#1{\shipout\vbox{ % here we - % define one page of output - \offinterlineskip % butt the boxes together - \vbox to 3pc{ % this part goes on top of - % the 44pc pages - \iftitle % the next is used for title pages - \global\titlefalse % reset the titlepage - % switch - \setcornerrules % for camera alignment - \else\ifodd\pageno \rightheadline\else - \leftheadline\fi\fi - \vfill} % this completes the \vbox to 3pc - \vbox to \pageheight{ - \ifvoid\margin\else%marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern31pc\vbox to\z@{\kern4pt% - \box\margin \vss}}\fi - #1 % now insert the main information - \ifvoid\footins\else%footnote info is present - \vskip\skip\footins \kern-3pt - \hrule height\ruleht width\pagewidth - \kern-\ruleht \kern3pt - \unvbox\footins\fi - \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth - } % this completes the \vbox to \pageheight -}\advancepageno} - -\def\setcornerrules{\hbox to \pagewidth{% - \vrule width 1pc height\ruleht - \hfil \vrule width 1pc} - \hbox to \pagewidth{\llap{\sevenrm(page - \folio)\kern1pc}% - \vrule height1pc width\ruleht depth\z@ - \hfil \vrule width\ruleht depth\z@}} - -\def\manmacoutput{\onepageout{ - \unvbox255}} - -\newbox\partialpage -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup - \output={\global\setbox\partialpage= - \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}\eject - \output={\doublecolumnout}% - \hsize=9cm \vsize=51cm}%cgl mods -\def\enddoublecolumns{\output= - {\balancecolumns}\eject \endgroup - \pagegoal=\vsize} - -\def\doublecolumnout{\splittopskip=\topskip - \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@=25cm - \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty} -\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to - \pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}} -\def\balancecolumns{\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} - \dimen@=\ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by\topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip - {\vbadness=10000 - \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0 - \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt - \repeat} - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1} - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3} - \pagesofar} - -% To produce only a subset of pages, -% put the page numbers on separate -% lines in a file called pages.tex -\let\Shipout=\shipout -\newread\pages \newcount\nextpage -\openin\pages=pages -\def\getnextpage{\pages\else - {\endlinechar=-1\read\pages to\next - \ifx\next\empty % in this case we should - % have eof now - \else\global\nextpage=\next\fi}\fi} -\ifeof\pages\else\message{OK, I'll ship only - the requested pages}\getnextpage\fi -% -\def\shipout{\ifeof\pages - \let\next=\Shipout\else - \ifnum\pageno=\nextpage - \getnextpage\let\next=\Shipout - \else\let\next=\Tosspage\fi\fi \next} -% -\newbox\garbage -\def\Tosspage{\deadcycles=0 - \setbox\garbage=} - -% Chapter formatting -% The preface and table of contents are -% formatted in place, not here. -\newcount\exno % for the number of exercises - % in the current chapter -\newcount\subsecno % for the number of - % subsections in the current chapter - -\def\manmacbeginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{% -\global\exno=0\subsecno=0\def\chapno{#2#3} - \ifodd\pageno - \errmessage{You had too much text on - that last page, I'm backing up} - \advance\pageno by-1 - \fi \titlepage - \def\\{ } % \\'s in the title will be - % treated as spaces - \message{#1 #2#3:} % show the chapter - % title on the terminal - \def\MF{{\manual 89:%insert semi-col - <=>:}} % slant the logo - \xdef\rhead{#1 #2#3: #4\unskip} - {\def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex% - \hbox{E}\kern-.06em X} - \def\MF{{\vbox to30pt{}\manual ()*+,-.*}} - \def\\{#3} - \ifx\empty\\ - \rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.04em} - \else\rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.06em% - #3\kern-.04em}% - \fi \vskip 1.75pc - \baselineskip 36pt \lineskiplimit - \titlelsl \lineskip 12pt - \let\\=\cr%now the \\'s are line dividers - \halign{\line{\titlefont\hfil##}\\#4% - \unskip\\}\vfill\eject} % output the - % chapter title page - \tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}% the first -%paragraph of a chapter is not indented -\newdimen\titlelsl \titlelsl=1pt - -\outer\def\manmacendchapter{\ifodd\pageno - \else\vfill\eject\null\fi - \begingroup\bigskip\vfill % beginning of - % the quotes - \def\eject{\endgroup\eject} - \def\par{\ifhmode\/\endgraf\fi}\obeylines - \def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}% - \kern-.000em X} - \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}} - \eightpoint \let\tt=\ninett - \baselineskip 10pt - \parfillskip \z@ - \interlinepenalty 10000 - \leftskip \z@ plus 40pc minus \parindent - \let\rm=\eightss \let\sl=\eightssi - \everypar{\sl}} -% -\def\manmacauthor#1(#2){\smallskip -\noindent\rm--- #1\unskip\enspace(#2)} - -\def\dbend{{\manual\char127}} -% dangerous bend sign -\def\d@nger{\medbreak\begingroup - \clubpenalty=10000 - \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak} - \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2 - \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend - \hfill}\ninepoint} -\outer\def\danger{\d@nger} -\def\dd@nger{\medbreak\begingroup - \clubpenalty=10000 - \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak} - \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2 - \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend - \kern1pt\dbend\hfill}\ninepoint} -\outer\def\ddanger{\dd@nger} -\def\enddanger{\endgraf\endgroup} % omits - % the \medbreak - -\outer\def\subsection#1. {\medbreak - \advance\subsecno by 1 - \noindent - {\it \the\subsecno.\enspace#1.\enspace}} -\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent - \hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss#1.#2.\enspace} - \ignorespaces} - -% Composition macros -\hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts - ap-pen-dix xscaled} - -%\def\AmSTeX{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower -% .5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.075em S$-\TeX} -\def\bull{\vrule height .9ex width .8ex% - depth -.1ex } % square bullet -\def\SS{{\it SS}} % scriptscript style -\def\|{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\|}} - % vertical line -\def\dn{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'14}} - % downward arrow -\def\up{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'13}} - % upward arrow -\def\]{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\ }} - % visible space - -\def\pt{$\,${\rm pt}} % units of points, - % in math formulas -\def\em{$\,${\rm em}} % units of ems, - % in math formulas -\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$#1% - \/$\rangle$}} % syntactic quantity -\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it - #1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant -\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}} - % hexadecimal constant -\def\cstok#1{\leavevmode\thinspace\hbox{% - \vrule\vtop{\vbox{\hrule\kern1pt\hbox{% - \vphantom{\tt/}\thinspace{\tt#1}% - \thinspace}}\kern1pt\hrule}\vrule}% - \thinspace} % control sequence token - -{\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }} -\def\parbreak{\hfil\break\indent\strut} -\def\stretch{\nobreak\hskip0pt plus2pt\relax} - -% macros for non-centered displays -\outer\def\begindisplay{\obeylines - \startdisplay} -{\obeylines\gdef\startdisplay#1 - {\catcode`\^^M=5$$#1\halign\bgroup\indent - ##\hfil&&\qquad##\hfil\cr}} -% -\outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$} -% (the following \begin...\end-type -% macros do not appear in Appendix E) -% macros for demonstrating math constructions -\outer\def\beginmathdemo{ - $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt - \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}& - $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt} -} -\outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo{ - $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt - \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}& - $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr - \noalign{\vskip-15pt} -} -\outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{ - $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt - \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}& - $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt} -} -\outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo{ - $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt - \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}& - $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr - \noalign{\vskip-15pt} -} -\outer\def\endmathdemo{\crcr\egroup$$} - -% macros for font tables -\def\oddline#1{\cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} - \multispan{19}\hrulefill& - \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{% - \hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip}} -\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}} -\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}} -\def\beginchart#1{$$\postdisplaypenalty=-10000 - \global\count@=0 #1 - \halign to\hsize\bgroup - \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt& - &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr - \lower6.5pt\null - &&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&& - \oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline} -\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&& - \hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&&\hex C&&\hex D&& - \hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$} -\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\count@}% - \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition - \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi - \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 } -\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter - {\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}} -\def\normalchart{% - &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline0 - &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline1 - &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline2 - &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline3 - &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline4 - &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline5 - &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline6 - &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline - &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\oddline7 - &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&\evenline} -% -% (now Appendix E resumes again) -% macros for verbatim scanning -\chardef\other=12 -\def\ttverbatim{\begingroup - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \obeyspaces \obeylines \tt} - -\outer\def\begintt{$$\let\par=\endgraf - \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@ - \catcode`\|=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish} -{\catcode`\|=0 |catcode`|\=\other - % | is temporary escape character - |obeylines % end of line is active - |gdef|ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1|vbox{#2}% - |endgroup$$}} -\catcode`\|=\active -{\obeylines \gdef|{\ttverbatim - \spaceskip=\ttglue -\let^^M=\ \let|=\endgroup}} - -% macros for syntax rules (again, not in -% Appendix E) -\def\[#1]{\silenttrue\xref|#1|\thinspace - {\tt#1}\thinspace} % keyword in syntax -\def\beginsyntax{\endgraf\nobreak\medskip - \begingroup \catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13 - \let\par=\endsyntaxline \obeylines} -\def\endsyntaxline{\futurelet\next - \syntaxswitch} -\def\syntaxswitch{\ifx\next\<\let\next= - \syntaxrule\else - \ifx\next\endsyntax\let\next=\endgroup - \else\let\next=\continuerule - \fi\fi \next -} -\def\continuerule{\hfil\break\indent\qquad} -\def\endsyntax{\medbreak\noindent} -{\catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13 - \global\let<=\< \global\let[=\[ - \gdef\syntaxrule<#1>{\endgraf\indent - \silentfalse%\xref%Mod cgl - \<#1>}} \def\alt{\ $\vert$ } -\def\is{\ $\longrightarrow$ } - -% macros to demarcate lines quoted from -% TeX source files -\def\beginlines{\par\begingroup\nobreak - \medskip\parindent\z@ \obeylines - \hrule\kern1pt\nobreak \everypar{\strut}} -\def\endlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup - \medbreak\noindent} -\def\weakendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup - \medskip\noindent} -\def\finalendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup - \medbreak} - -\outer\def\manmacexercise{\medbreak - \global\advance\exno by 1 - \noindent\llap{\manual\char'170 - \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in margin - {\ninebf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\par - \nobreak\noindent} -\def\dexercise{\global\advance\exno by 1 - \llap{\manual\char'170 - \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in indented space - {\eightbf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\hfil - \break} -\outer\def\dangerexercise{\d@nger\dexercise} -\outer\def\ddangerexercise{\dd@nger\dexercise} - -\newwrite\ans -\immediate\openout\ans=answers - % file for answers to exercises -\outer\def\manmacanswer{\par\medbreak - \immediate\write\ans{} - \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno - \chapno.\the\exno:}\copytoblankline} -\def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\setupcopy - \copyans} -\def\setupcopy{\def\do##1{\catcode`##1= - \other}\dospecials - \catcode`\|=\other \obeylines} -{\obeylines \gdef\copyans#1 - {\def\next{#1}% - \ifx\next\empty\let\next=\endgroup - \else\immediate\write\ans{\next}% - \let\next=\copyans - \fi\next}} - -% Macros for drawing figures (not in -% Appendix E) -\def\hidehrule#1#2{\kern-#1\hrule - height#1 depth#2 \kern-#2 } -\def\hidevrule#1#2{\kern-#1{\dimen0=#1 - \advance\dimen0 by#2\vrule width\dimen0}% - \kern-#2 } -% \makeblankbox puts rules at the edges of -% a blank box whose dimensions are those -% of \box0 (assuming nonnegative wd,ht,dp) -% #1 is rule thickness outside, -% #2 is rule thickness inside -\def\makeblankbox#1#2{\hbox{\lower\dp0 - \vbox{\hidehrule{#1}{#2}% - \kern-#1% overlap the rules at the corners - \hbox to\wd0{\hidevrule{#1}{#2}% - \raise\ht0\vbox to #1{}% set the vrule height - \lower\dp0\vtop to #1{}% set the vrule depth - \hfil\hidevrule{#2}{#1}}% - \kern-#1\hidehrule{#2}{#1}}}} -\def\maketypebox{\makeblankbox{0pt}{1pt}} -\def\makelightbox{\makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}} - -% \box\bigdot is a null box with a bullet -% at its reference point -\newbox\bigdot \newbox\smalldot -\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{}$} -% \ht0 is the axis height -\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\bullet\hss$} -% bullet is centered on the axis -\setbox\bigdot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1 - \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss} -\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\cdot\hss$} -% cdot is centered on the axis -\setbox\smalldot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1 - \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss} - -% \arrows makes things like <--- text ---> -\def\arrows#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\mathord - -\mkern-2mu$} - \hbox to #1{\kern-.055556em$\leftarrow - \mkern-6mu$\cleaders\copy0\hfil - \kern.4em #2\kern.4em\cleaders\copy0\hfil - $\mkern-6mu\rightarrow$\kern-.055556em}}} - -% \samplebox makes the outline of a box, -% with big dot at reference point -\def\samplebox#1#2#3#4{% #1=ht, #2=dp, #3=wd, -% #4=text - {\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to #1{\hbox to #3{} - \vss}\nointerlineskip\vbox to #2{}} - % now \box0 has the desired ht, dp, and wd - \hbox{\copy\bigdot - \vrule height.2pt depth.2pt width#3% - \kern-#3\makelightbox\kern-#3% - \raise#1\vbox{\hbox to #3{\hss#4\hss} - \kern 3pt}}}} - -% \sampleglue makes glue between sample boxes -\newdimen\varunit -\varunit=\hsize -\advance\varunit by-2\parindent -\divide\varunit by 58 % illustrations in - % Chapter 12 -\def\sampleglue#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text - \vtop{\hbox to #1{\xleaders\hbox to - .5\varunit{\hss\copy\smalldot\hss}\hfil} - \kern3pt - \tabskip \z@ plus 1fil - \halign to #1{\hfil##\cr#2\cr}}} - -% Indexing macros -\newif\ifproofmode -\proofmodetrue % this should be false when - % making camera-ready copy -\newwrite\inx -\immediate\openout\inx=index % file for - % index reminders -\newif\ifsilent -\def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{^}\else - \let\next=\beginxref\fi\next} -\def\beginxref{\futurelet\next - \beginxrefswitch} -\def\beginxrefswitch{\ifx\next\specialhat - \let\next=\silentxref\else - \silentfalse\let\next=\xref\fi \next} -\catcode`\^=\active \let ^=\specialhat -\def\silentxref^{\silenttrue\xref} - -\def\marginstyle{\vrule height6pt depth2pt - width\z@ \sevenrm} - -\chardef\bslash=`\\ -\def\xref{\futurelet\next\xrefswitch} -\def\xrefswitch{\begingroup - \ifx\next|\aftergroup\vxref - % case 1 or 2, |arg| or |\arg| - \else\ifx\next\<\aftergroup\anglexref - % case 3, "\<arg>" means angle brackets - \else\aftergroup\normalxref - \fi\fi\endgroup} % case 0, "{arg}" -\def\vxref|{\catcode`\\=\active - \futurelet\next\vxrefswitch} -\def\vxrefswitch#1|{\catcode`\\=0 - \ifx\next\empty\def\xreftype{2}% - \def\next{{\tt\bslash\text}}%type2 - \else\def\xreftype{1}\def\next{% - {\tt\text}}\fi %type1 - \edef\text{#1}\makexref} -{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=\active |gdef\{}} -\def\anglexref\<#1>{\def\xreftype{3}% - \def\text{#1}\def\next{\<\text>}\makexref} -\def\normalxref#1{\def\xreftype{0}% - \def\text{#1}\let\next=\text\makexref} -\def\makexref{\ifproofmode\insert\margin - {\hbox{\marginstyle\text}}% -% \ifindexfile %Mod cgl oct 94 - \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text\space!% - \xreftype\space\noexpand\number\pageno.% - }}\writeit -% \else\advance\inxcnt1 -% \ea\xdef\csname\the\inxcnt\endcsname -% {\text\space!\xreftype\space}% -% \mark{\the\inxcnt}\fi - \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi - \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else\next\fi} -% the \insert (which is done in proofmode -% only) suppresses hyphenation, so the -% \kern\z@ is put in to give the same effect -% in non-proofmode. - -% Internal cross references that may change -\def\sesame{61} - % page number for Sesame Street quote -\def\bmiexno{20} - % exercise number for bold math italic -\def\punishexno{1} - % exercise number for `punishment' -\def\fracexno{6} - % exercise number for `\frac' -\def\vshippage{31} - % error message from `\vship' -\def\storypage{24} - % listing of story.tex -\def\metaT{4} - % exercise number for T of METAFONT -\def\xwhat{2} - % exercise number for x3:=whatever -\def\Xwhat{2} - % exercise number for whatever itself - -\def\checkequals#1#2{\ifnum#1=#2\else - \errmessage{Redefine \string#1 to be - \the#2}\fi} - -%Things for The METAFONTbook only -%(omitted) ;nonum -% -%Contents manmac.tex -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Font definition ................7-58 -%Size switching macros ........60-154 -%Page layout (and OTR) .......156-282 -%-parameters..................159-193 -%-\manmacfootnote.............167-176 -%-\margin (insert)............185-188 -%-\titlepage......................191 -%-\leftheadline...............195-201 -%-\rightheadline..............202-209 -%-\onepageout.................211-235 -%-\setcornerrules.............237-243 -%-\manmacoutput...................245 -%-\begindoublecolumns.........248-253 -%-\enddoublecolumns...........254-256 -%-\doublecolumnout............258-264 -%-\pagesofar..................265-267 -%-\balancecolumns.............268-281 -%Subset of pages..............283-304 -%-\Shipout........................286 -%-\getnextpage................289-295 -%-\shipout....................297-301 -%-\Tosspage.......................304 -%Chapter formatting ..........306-393 -%-\manmacbeginchapter.........315-344 -%-\manmacendchapter...........348-363 -%-\author....................365, 366 -%-\dbend......................368-385 -%-\subsection.................387-393 -%Composition macros...........395-431 -%-\AmSTeX....................399, 400 -%-\bull......................401, 402 -%-\SS.............................403 -%-\vrt............................404 -%-\dn........................406, 407 -%-\up........................408, 409 -%-\]..............................410 -%-\pt........................413, 414 -%-\em........................415, 416 -%-\<#1>......................417, 418 -%-\oct.......................419, 420 -%-\hex............................421 -%-\cstok......................423-427 -%-\parbreak..................429, 430 -%-\stretch........................431 -%Macros for non-centered -% displays..................433-439 -%-\begindisplay..............434, 435 -%-\startdisplay...............436-438 -%-\enddisplay.....................440 -%Macros for showing math -% constructions.............441-466 -%-\beginmathdemo..............444-448 -%-\begindisplaymathdemo.......449-454 -%-\beginlongmathdemo..........455-459 -%-\beginlongdisplaymathdemo...460-465 -%-\endmathdemo....................466 -%Macros for font tables.......468-526 -%-\oddline....................469-474 -%-\evenline.......................475 -%-\chartstrut.....................476 -%-\beginchart.................477-484 -%-\endchart...................485-487 -%-\:..........................488-491 -%-\reposition................492, 493 -%-\normalchart................494-526 -%Macros for verbatim scanning.529-555 -%-\ttverbatim.................531-542 -%-\begintt....................544-546 -%-\ttfinish...................547-551 -%Macros for syntax rules......557-579 -%-\[#1]......................559, 560 -%-\beginsyntax................561-563 -%-\endsyntaxline.............564, 565 -%-\syntaxswitch...............566-570 -%-\continuerule...................572 -%-\endsyntax......................573 -%-<, [............................575 -%-\syntaxrule................576, 577 -%-\alt............................578 -%-\is.............................579 -%Macros to demarcate lines quoted -% from \TeX{} source files..581-591 -%-\beginlines................583, 585 -%-\endlines..................586, 587 -%-\weakendlines..............588, 589 -%-\finalendlines.............590, 591 -%Macros to mark up exercises -% and answers...............593-624 -%-\manmacexercise............593, 598 -%-\dexercise..................599-603 -%-\dangerexercise.................604 -%-\ddangerexercise................605 -%-\manmacanswer...............610-613 -%-\copytoblankline...........614, 615 -%-\setupcopy..................616-618 -%-\copyans....................619-624 -%Macros for drawing figures...626-696 -%-\hidehrule.................628, 629 -%-\hidevrule..................630-632 -%-\makeblankbox...............638-645 -%-\maketypebbox...................646 -%-\makelightbox...................647 -%-\bigdot....................656, 657 -%-\smalldot..................660, 661 -%-\arrows.....................664-670 -%-\samplebox..................674-683 -%-\sampleglue.................691-696 -%Indexing macros..............698-752 -%-\ifproofmode, \ifsilent....698, 704 -%-\inx............................701 -%-\specialhat................706, 707 -%-\beginxref.................708, 709 -%-\beginxrefswitch............710-712 -%-^...............................713 -%-\silentxref.....................714 -%-\marginstyle...............716, 717 -%-\bslash.........................719 -%-\xref...........................720 -%-\xrefswitch.................721-727 -%-\vxref.....................728, 729 -%-\vxrefswitch................730-736 -%-\anglexref.................738, 739 -%-\normalxref................740, 741 -%-\makexref...................742-754 -%Internal cross-references that -% may change................760-782 -% -%Additions -% -%\Large font for amongst others -%chapterhead of report -\font\Largerm=cmr12 - scaled\magstep4 -\let\subsubheadfont\Largerm -\font\Largei=cmmi12 - scaled\magstep4\relax -\font\Largeit=cmti12 - scaled\magstep4\relax -\font\Largesl=cmsl12 - scaled\magstep5\relax -\font\Largesy=cmsy10 - scaled\magstep5\relax -\font\Largeex=cmex10 - scaled\magstep5\relax -\font\Largebf=cmbx12 - scaled\magstep4\relax -\font\Largett=cmtt12 - scaled\magstep4\relax -\font\twelverm=cmr12 -\font\twelvebf=cmbx12 -\font\twelveit=cmti12 -\font\twelvesl=cmsl12 -\font\twelvemus=cmmi12 -\font\twelvesy=cmsy10 scaled\magstep1 -\font\twelveex=cmex10 scaled\magstep1 -\font\nineex=cmex10 scaled\magstephalf -\def\Large{\def\rm{\fam0\Largerm}% - \textfont0=\Largerm - \scriptfont0=\twelverm - \scriptscriptfont0=\ninerm - \textfont1=\Largei - \scriptfont1=\twelvemus - \scriptscriptfont1=\ninei - \textfont2=\Largesy - \scriptfont2=\twelvesy - \scriptscriptfont2=\ninesy - \textfont3=\Largeex - \scriptfont3=\twelveex - \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex - \def\it{\fam\itfam \Largeit}% - \textfont\itfam=\Largeit - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\Largesl}% - \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \Largei} - \textfont\slfam=\Largesl - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\Largebf}% - \textfont\bffam=\Largebf - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\Largett}% - \textfont\ttfam=\Largett - \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=21pt - \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}% - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule - height16pt depth5pt width\z@}% - \let\sc=\twelverm\let\big=\Largebig - \normalbaselines\rm} -\def\Largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox - to12pt{}\right.\n@space}}} -% -%\large font for transparencies -\font\largerm=cmr12 - scaled\magstep2 -\let\subsubheadfont\largerm -\font\largei=cmmi12 - scaled\magstep2\relax -\font\largeit=cmti12 - scaled\magstep2\relax -\font\largesl=cmsl12 - scaled\magstep2\relax -\font\largesy=cmsy10 - scaled\magstep3\relax -\font\largeex=cmex10 - scaled\magstep3\relax -\font\largebf=cmbx12 - scaled\magstep2\relax -\font\largett=cmtt12 - scaled\magstep2\relax -\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}% - \textfont0=\largerm - \scriptfont0=\tenrm - \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm - \textfont1=\largei - \scriptfont1=\teni - \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni - \textfont2=\largesy - \scriptfont2=\tensy - \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy - \textfont3=\largeex - \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \def\it{\fam\itfam \largeit}% - \textfont\itfam=\largeit - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\largesl}% - \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \largei} - \textfont\slfam=\largesl - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\largebf}% - \textfont\bffam=\largebf - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\largett}% - \textfont\ttfam=\largett - \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=20pt - \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}% - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule - height15.5pt depth4.5pt width\z@}% - \let\sc=\tenrm \let\big=\largebig - \normalbaselines\rm} -\def\largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox - to10pt{}\right.\n@space}}} -% -%Customization of \beginchapter and -%\endchapter from Manmac BLUes. -\outer\def\beginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{% - \def\chapno{#2#3}\global\exno0 \subsecno0 - \def\hl{\gdef\hl{\the\issue\hfil\it\rhead}} - \headline{\hl} - \def\\{ }\xdef\rhead{#4} - \centerline{\titlefont - #1 #2#3\quad #4} - \bigskip\tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces} -% -\footline{\tiny\rlap{\the\year}\hfil - --\folio--\hfil\llap{\copyright cgl}} -% -\outer\def\endchapter{\vfill\eject\vfill} -% -%\output{\plainoutput} -% -\hsize18cm \pagewidth\hsize -\vsize25cm \pageheight\vsize -%\issue{MAPS 93.1} -%History of changes -%1994 Table of contents added and -% names of footnote and output -% provided with unique prefix manmac. -% Customization \beginchapter added. -%1993 Adapted for twocolumn layout. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%;newpage -% -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%ppt.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%;numvrb -%Adapted TUGboat.sty, 2-column bias -%\xcol is the column no within a page, -%ranges from 1 to \maxcols (=1 or 2). -\newcount\xcol -\newcount\maxcols -% -\newdimen\pagewd\newdimen\colwd -\newdimen\intercolwd -\newtoks\headlinesep\newtoks\footlinesep -\headlinesep{\kern2ex}\footlinesep{\kern1ex} -%\catcode`\@=11 -% remove \outer -\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\def\boxcs#1{\box\csname#1\endcsname} -\def\setboxcs#1{\setbox\csname#1\endcsname} -\def\newboxcs#1{\expandafter - \newbox\csname#1\endcsname} -\newboxcs{column1} -\newboxcs{column2} -% -\def\midpage#1{\vbox{\ifnum\xcol=\maxcols - \the\headline\else\null\vskip\baselineskip - \fi\the\headlinesep - \vbox to\vsize{% - \hbox to\pagewd{#1}\vss} - \the\footlinesep - \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols - \the\footline\else\vskip4ex\fi}} -% -\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\sevenrm - \the\issue\hfill{\it\the\title}}} -% -\newtoks\pagenumber\pagenumber{\folio} -\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{\tiny -\rlap{Draft \today}\hfill--\the\pagenumber - --\hfill\llap{\copyright cgl}}} -\def\today{\ifcase\month\or Jan\or Feb\or - March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or - Aug\or Sept\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi - { }{\ea\oldstyle\number\day}, - {\ea\oldstyle\number\year}} -% -\def\newcol{\endgraf\vfill\eject} -% -\def\newpage{\vfill\eject -%\loop - \ifnum\xcol>1 - {\leavevmode\endgraf\vfill\eject} - \fi -}%\xcol is reset in the OTR %\repeat} -% horizontal offset of column -% from left edge of page -\newdimen\coloffset \coloffset=\z@ -\def\incrcoloffset{% - \global\advance\coloffset\colwd - \global\advance\coloffset\intercolwd} -% -\output={\global\setboxcs{column\number\xcol}= - \midpage{\kern\coloffset\pagebody\hfil} - \incrcoloffset - \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols - \shipout\hbox{% - \rlap{\boxcs{column1}}% - \rlap{\boxcs{column2}}% - \hbox to\pagewd{\hss}}% - \advancepageno - \global\coloffset\z@ - \global\xcol=\@ne - \else - \global\advance\xcol\@ne - \fi} -% -%Title, header and miscellaneous -\newtoks\title\newtoks\subtitle -\newtoks\author\newtoks\address -\newtoks\businessaccount -\newtoks\translator\newtoks\issue -\newtoks\netaddress\newtoks\crowner -\newtoks\telephone -\newtoks\thisscript\newtoks\everyscript -\newtoks\prehead\newtoks\posthead -\newtoks\presubhead\newtoks\postsubhead -\newtoks\presubsubhead\newtoks\postsubsubhead -\newtoks\thishead -\newtoks\thissubhead\newtoks\thissubsubhead -\newtoks\everyhead -\newtoks\everysubhead\newtoks\everysubsubhead -\newtoks\tocvar -\newdimen\subheadindent\subheadindent=0pc -\newdimen\subsubheadindent\subsubheadindent=2pc -\def\pasteupkeywords{\box\keywordsbox} -\def\pasteupabstract{\box\abstractbox} -\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox} -\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid - \acknowledgementsbox - \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox - \acknowledgementsbox\fi - }% -%pastupindex is much more complicated;vrblin100 -\def\beginscript{\lastscript - \the\everyscript\begingroup - \the\thisscript - \hrule\kern2ex\noindent - {\titlefont\the\title\unskip}% - \if!\the\subtitle!\else{\subtitlefont - \Dash\the\subtitle\unskip}\fi - \medskip\the\author - \medskip\pasteupkeywords - \medskip\pasteupabstract - \medbreak\pasteupcontents\smallbreak} -\def\endscript{\makesignature - \xcol=\maxcols - \vfil\eject\endgroup\tracingstats1 - \stop\thisscript{}} -\def\notlastscript{\let\stop\relax} -\def\lastscript{\let\stop\end} -\prehead{\vskip0pt plus9ex - \penalty-250\vskip0pt plus-9ex - \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyhead - \the\thishead\bigskip\noindent} -\posthead{\medskip\nobreak\egroup - \noindent\ignorewhitespace} -\def\beginhead{\the\prehead\bgroup - \headfont} -\def\endhead{\egroup\the\posthead} -\presubhead{\vskip0pt plus6ex - \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-6ex - \medskip\vskip\parskip\noindent - \bgroup\catcode`\^7 \the\everysubhead - \the\thissubhead - \leavevmode\hbox to\subheadindent{}} -\postsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace} -\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead - \bgroup\subheadfont} -\def\endsubhead{\egroup\the\postsubhead} -\presubsubhead{\vskip0pt plus3ex - \penalty-50\vskip0pt plus-3ex\bgroup - \catcode`\^=7 - \the\everysubsubhead\the\thissubsubhead - \smallskip\vskip\parskip\noindent - \leavevmode\hbox to\subsubheadindent{}} -\postsubsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace} -\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead - \bgroup\subsubheadfont} -\def\endsubsubhead{\egroup - \the\postsubsubhead} -%;vrblin150 -\def\head#{\beginhead\bgroup\ag\endhead - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -\def\subhead#{\beginsubhead\bgroup\ag - \endsubhead\afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -\def\subsubhead#{\beginsubsubhead\bgroup - \ag\endsubsubhead\let\dummy=} -\def\script#{\beginscript\bgroup\ag\endscript - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\bluetitle#1\par{\title{#1}} -\def\bluesubtitle#1\par{\subtitle{#1}} -\def\bluekeywords#1\par{\keywords{#1}} -\def\bluehead#1\par - {\beginhead#1\unskip\endhead} -\def\bluesubhead#1\par - {\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead} -\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par - {\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead} -\def\bluemakelabels#1\par - {\makelabels{#1}} -\def\blueabstract#1\par{\abstract{#1}} -\def\blueissue#1\par{\issue{#1}} -% -\long\def\ignorepars#1{\ifx\par#1\let\next\relax - \else\let\next#1\sraperongi\fi\ignorepars} -\long\def\sraperongi#1\ignorepars{\fi\next} -{\catcode`\^=7 \gdef\ignorewhitespace{\begingroup -%Due to Phil Taylor EuroTeX 94 -\catcode`\ =9 %space -\catcode`\^^I=9 %tab -\catcode`\^^L=9 %f-feed -\catcode`\^^M=9 %e-o-l -\futurelet\dummy\endgroup}} -%;vrblin200 -\def\tubissue#1(#2){TUGboat~{\oldstyle#1}, - {\oldstyle#2}} \def\\{\hfil\break} -\def\makesignature{\medskip - \rightline{\hbox to.4\hsize{\strut - \llap{\copyright\quad}\the\author\hss}} - \rightline{\vbox{\noindent - \hsize=.4\hsize - \the\address\hfill\break - \the\netaddress\\ - \the\telephone}}} -% -\def\on{\bgroup\afterassignment\doold\count0=} -% -\def\doold{\oldstyle\the\count0\egroup} -\def\oa#1 {{\oldstyle\fifoolda#1\ofifolda} } -\def\fifoolda#1#2{\ifcat#1a#1\else\aftergroup#1\fi - \ifx\ofifolda#2 \ofifolda\fi - \fifoolda#2} -\def\ofifolda#1\ofifolda{\fi} -% -% Defaults -% %;vrblin250 -\newif\ifonecol -\def\A#1{\csname A#1\endcsname} -\expandafter\def\csname A4\endcsname - {\ifonecol\hsize16cm\pagewd\hsize - \else\hsize9cm\intercolwd.5cm - \pagewd\hsize - \advance\pagewd\hsize - \advance\pagewd\intercolwd - \fi\colwd\hsize \vsize25cm} -% -\def\onecol{\maxcols=1 \xcol=1 - \onecoltrue\A4 - \hyphenchar\tentt='055 %`- - \hyphenchar\ninett='055 - \hyphenchar\eighttt='055 - \tolerance500 - \hbadness=499 - \hfuzz=4pt -} -% -\def\twocol{\maxcols=2 \xcol=1 - \onecolfalse\A4 - \hyphenchar\tentt='055 - \hyphenchar\ninett='055 - \hyphenchar\eighttt='055 - \tolerance500 - \hbadness=499 - \hfuzz=5pt -} -%Personalisation -\author{Kees van der Laan} -\address{Hunzeweg {\oldstyle57}\\ - {\oldstyle9893} PB Garnwerd\\ - The Netherlands} -\netaddress{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl} -\telephone{{\oldstyle31\thinspace{\rm(}0{\rm)}% - 594\thinspace62\thinspace1525}} -\crowner{cgl} -\businessaccount{Giro: C.G. van der Laan - no {\oldstyle1321224}} -\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}%a \vbox -%end Personalisation -\def\bluetex{blue.tex} -%\catcode`\@=12 -\hoffset-1cm \voffset-1cm -\parindent1pc -\let\titlefont\bf -\let\headfont\bf -\let\subheadfont\bf -\let\subsubheadfont\bf -\let\subtitlefont\rm -\twocol -%\endinput -%;nonum -%Contents ppt cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%- OTR -% \boxcs........................14 -% \setboxcs.....................15 -% \newboxcs.....................16 -% \midpage...................21-28 -% \headline..................30-31 -% \footline..................34-36 -% \pagenumber...................33 -% \today.....................37-41 -% \newcol.......................42 -% \newpage...................44-49 -% \incrcoloffset.............53-55 -% \output....................57-72 -%- Markup structures -% \title, \subtitle.............75 -% \author.......................76 -% \address, \netaddress.........77 -% \issue........................77 -% \thisscript, \everyscript.....78 -% \prehead, \posthead...........79 -% \presubhead...................80 -% \presubsubhead................81 -% \pasteupkeywords..............82 -% \pasteupabstract..............83 -% \pasteupcontents..............84 -% \beginscript.............101-110 -% \endscript...............111-114 -% \notlastscript...............115 -% \lastscript..................116 -% \prehead.................117-119 -% \posthead................120-121 -% \presubhead..............124-126 -% \beginhead...............122-123 -% \endhead.....................124 -% \beginsubhead............127-128 -% \endsubhead..................129 -% \beginsubsubhead.........133-134 -% \endsubsubhead...............135 -% \script..................159-161 -% \head....................151-153 -% \subhead.................154-156 -% \subsubhead..............157-158 -% \ignorepars..............159-160 -% \sraperongi..................161 -% \ignorewhitespace........162-169 -%- Miscellaneous -% \tubissue....................201 -% \\...........................202 -% \makesignature...........203-209 -% \on...................... -% \ona..................... -%- Defaults -% \onecol..................251-263 -% \twocol..................265-277 -%- Initializations 278-289 -% \author......................278 -% \address.................279-280 -% \netaddress..............281-282 -% \headfont....................286 -% \subheadfont.................287 -% \subsubheadfont..............288 -% \parindent...................285 -% \hoffset, \voffset...........284 -% -%Split-off---inner level---are -% - tugboat.cmn abbreviations -% - size switching macros -% - \beginquote...\endquote -% - \bitem (essentially plain's \item) -% - verbatim mode macros -% - (bibliography macros, -% \beginbtable...\endbtable, -% ...) -%Author: C.G van der Laan -% Hunzeweg 57, 9893P -% Garnwerd The Netherlands -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, 0594621525 -% -%History of changes -%March 1996 \on, \ona added -%Dec 1994 \global\advance\count0\@ne -% changed into plain's \advancepageno. -% Phil Taylor's -% \ignorewhitespace has been included. -% Parameterization over -% \headlinesep, \footlinesep. -% \makesignature's \diamond -% changed into \copyright. -%July 1994 No parameter separators for -% \head etc. -% \beginscript, \endscript instead -% of \article, \endarticle. -% Token variables for \prehead -% \posthead, \presubhead -% \presubsubhead. -%June 1994 Name changed into ppt.tex -%May 94 \runhead and \runfoot changed -% into \headline and \footline -% compatible with plain. -%March 94 Essential set up -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ppt.tex%;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions% -%Additions to ppt -%Shortcuts ;numvrb -\let\ea=\expandafter\let\nx=\noexpand -\let\ag=\aftergroup -\def\dash{--}\def\Dash{---} -\newtoks\contentsname -\newtoks\abstractname -\newtoks\keywordsname -\newtoks\acknowledgementsname -\newtoks\preacknowledgements -\preacknowledgements{\bigbreak\leftline{\bf - \the\acknowledgementsname}\nobreak - \medskip\noindent} -\newtoks\postacknowledgements -\def\DeK{D\kern-.11em\lower.5ex\hbox - {E}\kern-.1em K} %;vrblin=50 -\def\tiny{\fiverm\baselineskip7pt minus1pt - \let\it\fivei\let\bf\fivebf\def\oldstyle - {\fam1 \fivei}} %;vrblin=200 -%\pagenumber{\folio} -\newcount\fcnt -\def\ftn{\global\advance\fcnt1 - \footnote{${}^{\oldstyle\the\fcnt}$}} -\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins - \bgroup\interlinepenalty - \interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip -%mods cgl -\small\noindent\llap{\oldstyle - #1\enspace}% -%end mods cgl - \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t -} -%LaTeX things ;vrblin=250 -%\def\\{\hfil\break} -\def\cite#1{(#1)} -\def\verb{} -\def\em{\it} -\def\cs#1{{\tt\char92 #1}} -%Some layout macros ;vrblin=300 -\newbox\keywordsbox -\keywordsname{Keywords} -% -\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox - \vbox\bgroup\subhead{\sevenbf - \the\keywordsname: }\small} -% -\def\endkeywords{\egroup} -% -\def\keywords#{\beginkeywords\bgroup - \aftergroup\endkeywords - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\newbox\abstractbox -%\abstractname{Abstract} -% -\def\beginabstract{\setbox\abstractbox - \vbox\bgroup\centerline{\sevenbf - \the\abstractname}\beginquote\small} -% -\def\endabstract{\endquote\egroup} -% -\def\abstract#{\beginabstract\bgroup - \aftergroup\endabstract - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\newbox\contentsbox -% -\let\se\quad\let\sse\qquad -% -\def\begincontents{\setbox\contentsbox - \vbox\bgroup\small\noindent - \the\contentsname\par\obeylines} -% -\def\endcontents{\egroup} -% -\def\contents#{\begincontents\bgroup - \aftergroup\endcontents - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\newbox\acknowledgementsbox -% -\def\beginacknowledgements{\setbox - \acknowledgementsbox=\vbox\bgroup} -% -\def\endacknowledgements{\egroup - \the\postacknowledgements} -% -\def\acknowledgements#{\beginacknowledgements - \bgroup\aftergroup\endacknowledgements - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup\narrower - \smallbreak\noindent} -% -\def\endquote{\smallbreak\egroup\endgraf - \noindent} -% -\def\quote#{\beginquote\bgroup - \aftergroup\endquote - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\beginsummary{\beginquote - \narrower\sl} -% -\def\endsummary{\endquote\bigskip} -% -\def\summary#{\beginsummary\bgroup - \aftergroup\endsummary - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\begincenter{\bgroup\smallskip -\leftskip0pt plus1fill -\rightskip0pt plus 1fill -\parfillskip0pt -\obeylines} -% -\def\endcenter{\smallskip\egroup} -\def\center#{\begincenter\bgroup - \aftergroup\endcenter - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\begincenterblock{\bgroup - \let\par\cr\obeylines\startcenterblock} -{\obeylines\gdef\startcenterblock#1 - {$$#1\vbox\bgroup\halign\bgroup% - &##\hfil\cr}} -% -\def\endcenterblock{\egroup\egroup$$ - \egroup} -% -\def\begindisplaycenterline{% - $$\hbox\bgroup} -% -\def\enddisplaycenterline{\egroup$$} -% -\def\displaycenterline#{% - \begindisplaycenterline\bgroup - \aftergroup\enddisplaycenterline - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\begincenterdisplay{\csname - begindisplay\endcsname\vbox\bgroup} -% -\def\endcenterdisplay{\crcr\egroup\egroup$$} -% -% %;vrblin=350 -\def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}} -% -\newcount\itemno -% -\def\nitem{\bgroup - \def\nitem{\advance\itemno1 - \item{\the\prenum{\oldstyle\the\itemno - }\the\postnum}} - \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup - \smallbreak} - \let\smallskip\smallbreak\nitem} -% -\def\aitem{\bgroup\itemno96 - \def\aitem{\advance\itemno1 - \item{\char\itemno.}} - \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup - \smallbreak} - \let\smallskip\smallbreak - \aitem} -% -\def\Aitem{\bgroup\itemno64 - \def\Aitem{\advance\itemno1 - \item{\char\itemno.}} - \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup - \smallbreak} - \let\smallskip\smallbreak - \Aitem} -% -\def\endlist{\endgraf\egroup} -%On purpose no \smallskip or so. -% -\newtoks\thisexample -\newtoks\everyexample -\newtoks\preexample -\newtoks\postexample -\newtoks\examplename -% -\preexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex - \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex - \medbreak\noindent} -% -\postexample{\nobreak\par\noindent - \ignorewhitespace} -% -\def\beginexample{\the\preexample\bgroup - \the\examplename\kern1ex\sl - (\ignorewhitespace} -% -\def\endexample{)\egroup\the\postexample} -% -\def\example#{\beginexample\bgroup - \aftergroup\endexample - \afterassignment\ignorewhitespace - \let\dummy=} -%and the limited variants -\def\limexample#1{\the\preexample - \the\examplename\kern1ex{\sl(#1)}\nobreak - \par\noindent\ignorewhitespace} -%with as tribute to manmac -\def\blueexample#1\par - {\limexample{#1\unskip}} -% -\def\endintermezzo{\hfil\break\nobreak - {\bf End intermezzo.}\medbreak} -%For in \onecol -%;numvrb400 -\def\begindemo{\endgraf\line\bgroup - $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.475\hsize - \beginverbatim} -% -\def\yields{\endverbatim - \global\thisverbatim{}\egroup$ - \kern\gutter - $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.55\hsize} -% -\def\enddemo{\egroup$\hss\egroup} -%;numvrb500 -\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill - {\oldstyle#1}} -% -\def\fbox#1{\setbox0\hbox{\strut - $\;$#1$\,$}\leavevmode\rlap{\copy0}% - \makelightbox} -%Knuth's frac Ex 11.6 -\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}% - \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex - \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} -%Defaults -\let\small\eightpoint -\overfullrule=0pt -%;nonum -%Contents -%Newcount -% \itemcnt.................208 -%Newtoks -% \itemtag.................209 -%Shortcuts -% \ea, \nx....................1 -% \ag.........................2 -% \dash, \Dash................3 -% \DeK.....................6, 7 -%Font switching -% \tiny......................51 -% \small....................414 -% \cs.......................255 -%Footnote, paragraph -% \ftncnt...................202 -% \ftn..................203-204 -%LaTeX -% \\........................251 -% \cite.....................252 -% \verb.....................253 -% \em.......................254 -%Lay-out -% \keywordsbox..............301 -% \abstractbox..............311 -% \contentsbox..............321 -% \beginkeywords........303-305 -% \endkeywords..............306 -% \keywordsname.............302 -% \keywords.............307-310 -% \beginabstract........313-315 -% \endabstract..............316 -% \abstractname.............312 -% \abstract.............317-320 -% \begincontents........323-325 -% \endcontents..............326 -% \contentsname.............322 -% \contents.............327-330 -% \beginsummary......... -% \endsummary............... -% \summary.............. -% \beginquote...........331-332 -% \endquote.............333-334 -% \quote................335-338 -%Centering texts -% \begindisplaycenterline -% \enddisplaycenterline -% \displaycenterline -% \begincenter -% \endcenter -% \center -% \begincenterblock -% \endcenterblock -% \begincenter..........339-342 -% \endcenter................343 -% \center...............344-347 -% -% \bitem....................351 -% \itemno...................352 -% \nitem................353-359 -% \aitem................360-366 -% \Aitem................367-373 -% \endlist..................374 -% \example..............376-378 -% \endintermezzo........379-380 -% \begindemo............401-403 -% <escape char>yields...405-408 -% \enddemo..................410 -%Parameterization ToC setting -% \pagenorepresentation.501-502 -%Built on manmac -% \fbox.................504-505 -%Defaults -% \overfullrule=0pt.........507 -% -%History of changes -%Jan 95 \xyz and \partlogo to tools.dat -% \pagenorepresentation added -%July 1994 Boxes for keywords, abstract, -% and contents added. -%March 1994 Set up -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras% -%From Math into BLUes the mods -%-- \centering into \centeringp -% in order not to -% conflict with LaTeX -%-- \eqalign has gotten a repetitive -% template to allow for more -% than one alignment point. -%-- arrows for commutative diagrams -%-- Knuth's typographer's half -%-- prime for accenting summation symbols -%-- Poor man's symbols -% blackboard, grtlss, ext tensor prod. -\newskip\centeringp%plain's -\centeringp=0pt plus1000pt minus1000pt -\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup - \jot\m@th\ialign{\strut\hfil - $\displaystyle {##}$&&%mod cgl - $\displaystyle {{}##}$\hfil\crcr - #1\crcr }}\,} -\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y - \tabskip\centeringp - \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil - $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip - &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil - \tabskip\centeringp &\llap{$\@lign##$}% - \tabskip\z@skip\crcr - #1\crcr}} -\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y - \tabskip\centeringp - \halign to\displaywidth {\hfil - $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip - &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil - \tabskip\centeringp&\kern-\displaywidth - \rlap{$\@lign ##$}\tabskip\displaywidth - \crcr #1\crcr}} -% -\def\fracdek#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em - \raise.50ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1} - \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex - \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} -% -\def\lllongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel% - \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel% - \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow} -\def\llongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel% - \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow} -\def\adaptedbaselines{% - \baselineskip20pt - \lineskip3pt - \lineskiplimit3pt} -\def\mapright#1{\smash{\mathop{ - \llongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}} -\def\lmapright#1{\smash{\mathop{ - \lllongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}} -\def\mapdown#1{\Big\downarrow - \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}} -\def\mapup#1{\Big\uparrow - \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}} -% -\def\acclap#1{{}^{\rlap{$\scriptstyle - #1$}}} -% -\def\cfsymbol{\vbox{\hbox to \wd0{\hss - \vrule height1.5\ht0} - \hrule - \hbox to \wd0{\vrule depth1.5\ht0 - \hss}}} -%Space saving variant continued fraction -\def\cf#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\,\over - \,#2$}\vcenter{\cfsymbol}\kern-\wd0 - {#1\atop#2}} -% -\def\IN{{\rm I\kern-.5ex N}} -\def\Z{{\rm Z\kern-.9ex Z}} -\def\Q{{\rm\kern.2ex\vrule - height1.5ex depth-.1ex - width.4pt\kern-.7ex Q}} -\def\R{{\rm I\kern-.5ex R}} -\def\C{{\rm\kern.3ex\vrule - height1.5ex depth-.05ex - width.4pt\kern-.7ex C}} -\def\gtrless{\mathrel{\vcenter{ - \offinterlineskip\hbox{${>}$}% - \kern-.2ex\hbox{${<}$} } }} -\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{% <--!! - \vrule#1\vrule}\hrule}} -\def\boxtimes{\mathbin{\boxit - {$\times$}}} -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons% -%From icons via LaTeX's fonts. -%Here use is made of gkpmac's picture -%environment. -\def\icmat#1#2{%ICon MATrix(rectangular) -%#1 is ht of icon matrix, e.g. 4 -%#2 is wd of icon matrix, e.g. 2 -\vbox{\hrule - \hbox to#2\unitlength{\vrule - height#1\unitlength\hfil\vrule}% - \hrule}% -}%end icmat -% -\def\icurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle -%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT -%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4 -%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular) -%matrix, e.g. 2 -\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule - \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)% - \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}% - \gkpendpicture\vrule}% - \vss}% -}%end icurt -% -\def\squineicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle -%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT -%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4 -%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular) -%matrix, e.g. 2 -%For small diaglines -\csname newcount\endcsname\half -\half#2 \divide\half 2 -\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule - \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)% - \put(0,0){\squine(0,\the\half,#2,#2,% - \the\half,0)}% - \gkpendpicture\vrule}% - \vss}% -}%end icurt -\def\icllt#1#2{%IConLowerLeftTriangle -%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with LT -%the lower triangular part, e.g. 4 -%#2 is wd of icon (lower triangular) -%matrix, e.g. 2 -\vbox to #1\unitlength{\vss - \hbox{\vrule - \gkpbeginpicture(#2,#1)(0,0)% - \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}% - \gkpendpicture}% - \hrule}% -}%end icllt -% -\def\icuh#1#2#3{%IConUpperHessenberg -%#1 is size of icon matrix, with UH -% the upper Hessenberg part, e.g. 4 -%#2 is wd of icon (upper Hesenberg) -% matrix, e.g. 1 -%#3 is size Lower Left triangular part, -% #1-#2 (for simplicity the latter is added, -% could have been calculated, perhaps some -% inconsistency test could be incorporated) -\vbox{\offinterlineskip - \hrule - \hbox to#1\unitlength{\vrule height% - #2\unitlength depth0pt\relax - \hfil\vrule}% - \hbox to#1\unitlength - {\gkpbeginpicture(#3,#3)(0,0)% - \put(0,#3){\line(1,-1){#3}}% - \gkpendpicture\hfil\vrule}% - \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hfil\vrule - width#2\unitlength height.2pt\relax}% - }% -}%end icuh -%Example of use -%\input blue.tex -%\beginscript -%\unitlength=1ex -%$$\icmat44\kern\unitlength\icllt44= -% \icllt44\icuh413\qquad AL=LH$$ -%$$\icmat63=\icmat63\kern\unitlength -% \icurt63\qquad A=QR$$ -%\endscript -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable% -%Table Diversions cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%EuroTeX '92 proceedings, MAPS92.2. -%The article discusses typsetting tables -%via plain, surveys related work, -%introduces the file btable.tex, and -%provides a discipline for typesetting -%cell-blocks. -%;numvrb -\newbox\btablebox -\newtoks\thisbtable\newtoks\everybtable -\newtoks\prebtable\newtoks\postbtable -%Cell vertical size, -%row height and depth (separation implicit), -\newdimen\cvsize -\newdimen\tsht \newdimen\tsdp -\newdimen\tvsize\newdimen\thsize -%Parameter setting macros: Rules -\def\hruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill} - \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{\hrule} - \let\rowstbsep=\colsep - \let\headersep=\rowsep} -\def\vruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil} - \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{} - \let\rowstbsep=\colsep - \let\headersep=\hrule} -\def\ruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill} - \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{\hrule} - \let\rowstbsep=\colsep - \let\headersep=\rowsep} -\def\nonruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil} - \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{} - \def\rowstbsep{\vrule} - \def\headersep{\hrule}} -\def\dotruled{\def\lineglue{\dotfill} - \def\rowsep{\hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}} - \def\colsep{\lower1.5\tsdp\vbox to - \cvsize{\leaders\hbox to0pt{\vrule - height2pt depth2pt width0pt\hss.\hss} - \vfil}} - \let\rowstbsep=\colsep - \let\headersep=\rowsep} -%Parameter setting macros: -% Controling positioning -\def\ctr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{\hfil}} -%Centered -\def\fll{\def\lft{} \def\rgt{\hfil}} -%Flushed left -\def\flr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{}} -%Flushed right -%Parameter setting macros: Framing -\def\framed{\let\frameit=\boxit} -\def\nonframed{\def\frameit##1{##1}} -\def\dotframed{\let\frameit=\dotboxit} -%;vrblin=100 -\def\beginbtable{\vbox\bgroup -\ifx\empty\rowstblst \let\rsl=\rowstblst -\else\ea\def\ea\rsl\ea{\rowstblst{}}%Append with sentinel -\fi\ifx\empty\template\ifx\empty\rsl - \def\template{\colsepsurround - \lft####\rgt&&\lft####\rgt\cr} - \else\def\template{\colsepsurround - ####\hfil&&\lft####\rgt\cr}\fi -\fi -\def\tstrut{\vrule height\tsht - depth\tsdp width0pt} -%Logical mark up of column and -%row separators, via use of -\def\cs{&\colsepsurround\colsep - \colsepsurround&} -\def\prs{&\colsepsurround\lineglue&} -\def\srp{&\lineglue\colsepsurround&} -\def\rs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr - \ifx\empty\rowsep - \else\noalign{\rowsep}\fi - \ifx\empty\rsl - \else\ea\nxtrs\fi} -\def\grs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr\ghostrow} -\def\ghostrow{\rss\prs\logms2\lineglue\cr\nxtrs} -\def\rss{&\colsepsurround\rowstbsep - \colsepsurround&} -\def\hs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr - \ifx\empty\headersep - \else\noalign{\headersep}\fi - \ifx\empty\rsl\else\ea\nxtrs\fi} -\the\everybtable\relax -\the\thisbtable\relax -\cellsize -\tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize -\setbox\btablebox=\vbox\bgroup - \tabskip=0pt\relax\offinterlineskip - \halign\bgroup - \span\template\ifx\empty\first - \ifx\empty\rsl - \else\ifx\empty\header - \else\ea\rss\fi - \fi\else\first\ea\rss\fi - \ifx\empty\header - \ifx\empty\first - \ifx\empty\rsl\else - \ea\nxtrs\fi\else\ea\hs\fi - \else\header\tstrut\ea\hs\fi}% -%end \beginbtable -%;vrblin=200 -\def\endbtable{\colsepsurround - \tstrut\crcr\egroup\egroup - %end setbox - \global\thsize=\wd\btablebox - \global\tvsize=\ht\btablebox - \global\advance\tvsize by\dp\btablebox - \the\prebtable - \ifx\btablecaption\empty - \else\hbox to\thsize{\strut\hfil - \btablecaption\hss}\captionsep\fi - \frameit{\copy\btablebox} - \ifx\footer\empty - \else\footersep\hbox to\thsize{\strut - \footer\hss}\fi - \egroup\the\postbtable - \thisbtable={}}% -%end \endbtable -% -\def\btable#1{\beginbtable#1\endbtable} -%Defaults %;vrblin=300 -\def\cellsize{\cvsize=4ex - \tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize} -%\cellsize -\def\colsepsurround{\kern.5em} -\def\btablecaption{} -\def\first{} -\def\header{} -\def\rowstblst{} -\def\footer{} -\def\captionsep{\medskip} -\def\headersep{\hrule} -\def\footersep{\smallskip} -\def\rowstbsep{\vrule} -\def\template{} -\ctr -\nonruled -\nonframed -%end Defaults -%Auxiliaries %;vrblin=350 -\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule - \vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}} -\def\dotboxit#1{\vbox{\offinterlineskip - \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}% - \hbox{\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{% - \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule - height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss - }\vfil}% - \vbox{#1}\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{% - \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule - height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss - }\vfil}}% - \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}} -%And to account for logical columns with -%\logms% logical multispan -\def\spicspan{\span\omit} -\def\logms#1{\omit\mscount=#1\multiply - \mscount by2 \advance\mscount by-1 - \loop\ifnum\mscount>1 - \spicspan\advance\mscount by-1 - \repeat} -%To process FIFO -\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi - \process{#1}\fifo} -\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi} -%To handle row stub list -\def\nxtrs{\ifx\empty\rsl - \else\def\nxtel{\ea\nrs\rsl\srn}% - \ea\nxtel\fi}%next Row Stub -\def\nrs#1#2\srn{\gdef\rsl{#2}#1\rss} -%\endinput %btable -%;nonum -%Contents btable.tex -%Newbox -% \btablebox..................1 -%Newtoks -% \thisbtable, \everybtable...2 -% \prebtable, \postbtable.....3 -%Parameter setting: rules -% \hruled.................10-13 -% \vruled.................14-17 -% \ruled..................18-21 -% \nonruled...............22-25 -% \dotruled...............26-33 -%Parameter setting: positioning -% \ctr.......................36 -% \fll.......................38 -% \flr.......................40 -%Parameter setting: framing -% \framed....................43 -% \nonframed.................44 -% \dotframed.................45 -%User macro -% \beginbtable..........101-148 -% \endbtable............201-217 -% \btable...................219 -%Defaults -% \cellsize.............301-303 -% \colsepsurround...........304 -% \btablecaption............305 -% \first....................306 -% \header...................307 -% \rowstblst................308 -% \footer...................309 -% \captionsep...............310 -% \headersep................312 -% \footersep................312 -% \rowstbsep................314 -% \template.................314 -% \ctr......................320 -% \nonruled.................321 -% \nonframed................322 -%Auxiliaries -% \boxit................351-352 -% \dotboxit.............353-363 -% \spicspan.................366 -% \logms................367-371 -% \fifo.................373-374 -% \ofif.....................375 -% \nxtrs................377-379 -% \nrs......................380 -% -%History of changes -%Version -%December 1994 -%\rowstblst (and \rsl): -% no longer does last element of list -% need extra braces. -%\postbtable is token variable -%to guide user positioning. -%\data omitted in the macro. -%Formatting of footer made symmetrical -%with caption. -%\dotboxit corrected such that -%vertical dotted lines are symmetrical -%July 1994 -% \cellsize is invoked in -% \beginbtable. -% Token vars for \prebtable -% \postbtable. -%June 1994 -% \beginbtable...\endbtable -% two-part macro -% \btable minimal variant -% \preinsert, \postinsert changed -% into \prebtable, \postbtable -% toks vars: \everybtable, -% \thisbtable -%Version 1.1 \btablecaption as caption -% (to prevent name clashes) -% \def\cellsize{\cvsize= -% et cetera} to be used -% as default -% and after font change. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb% -%vrb.tex -%Author: C.G. van der Laan -% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB -% Garnwerd The Netherlands -% 0594621525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl. -%Purpose: Verbatim macros via plain, -% to be used with AnyTeX. -% ;numvrb -%User toks variables -\newtoks\thisverbatim -\newtoks\everyverbatim -\newtoks\preverbatim -\newtoks\postverbatim -% -%User customization -\preverbatim{\medskip} -\postverbatim{\smallbreak} -% ;vrblin100 -%User `options': \numvrb -\newcount\vrblin -\def\numvrb{\vrblin0 - \everypar{\advance\vrblin1 - \llap{\sevenrm\the\vrblin\quad}}} -\def\nonum{\everypar={}} -% : \emc, \unmc -\def\makeescape#1{\catcode`#1=0 } -\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=13 } -{\makeactive\< - \gdef\emc{\makeactive\<% - \def<##1>{$\langle##1\rangle$}}} -\def\unmc{\catcode`\<=12 }%;vrblin200 -%User macro -\def\beginverbatim{\begingroup - \the\preverbatim\tt\setupverbatim - \the\everyverbatim\relax - \the\thisverbatim\relax - \verbatimgobble} -% -\def\endverbatim{\the\postverbatim - \endgroup\global\thisverbatim={}} -% -\def\setupverbatim{%\makeactive\`% - \let\!=!\makeescape\!%Knuth&Levy - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%TB381 - \parskip0pt - \obeylines\uncatcodespecials - \obeyspaces} -% -{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ \catcode`\^=7 - \obeylines\gdef\verbatimgobble#1^^M{}% -%\makeactive\` \gdef`{\relax\lq}%TB381 -}% -\def\uncatcodespecials{\def\do##1{% - \catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials} -% -\def\math{\bgroup$\catcode`\_=8\relax - \catcode`\^=7\relax} -\def\endmath{$\egroup} -% -\def\verbatim#{\beginverbatim\bgroup - \aftergroup\endverbatim - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% ;vrblin250 -%Minimal | tag for inline verbatim -\def\vrt{{\tt\char`\|}}\makeactive\| -\def|{\bgroup\tt\setupverbatim - \the\everyverbatim\relax - \the\thisverbatim\relax - \def|{\egroup\thisverbatim{}}} -%;\vrblin300 -%centering verbatims -\def\boxlines{\obeyspaces\fifol} -%\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi -% \processl{#1}\fifol} -\def\begincenterverbatim{$$% - \def\processl##1{\hbox{##1}}% - \def\lofif##1\fifol{\fi\egroup - \egroup$$\thisverbatim{}} - \let\endcenterverbatim\lofif - \bgroup\tt\setupcopy - \let\!=!\catcode`\!=0 - \the\everyverbatim\the\thisverbatim - \vbox\bgroup\boxlines} -% -{\obeylines\gdef\fileverbatim#1{% - \thisverbatim{\input#1}\beginverbatim - \endverbatim -}} -\def\bluefileverbatim#1\par{\fileverbatim{#1}} -%Default -\everyverbatim{\baselineskip12pt - plus2ptminus1pt - \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt} -%\endinput -% ;nonum -%Contents vrb.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Newtoks -% \thisverbatim.................2 -% \everyverbatim................3 -% \preverbatim..................4 -% \postverbatim.................5 -%Customization -% \preverbatim..................8 -% \postverbatim.................9 -%Options -% \numvrb.................103-105 -% \vrblin.....................104 -% \nonum......................106 -% \makeescape.................108 -% \makeactive.................109 -% \emc....................111-112 -% \unmc.......................113 -% <#1>........................112 -%User macro -% \beginverbatim..........202-206 -% <esc char>endverbatim...208-209 -% \verbatim...............228-231 -% \setupverbatim..........211-215 -% \verbatimgobble.............218 -% `...........................219 -% \uncatcodespecials..........221 -% <escape char>math.......224-225 -% <escape char>endmath....... 226 -% \begincenterverbatim....305-313 -%Inline verbatim -% \vrt........................252 -% vertical bar symbol...... ..253 -%Files -% \bluefileverbatim........... -% -%History of changes -%March 1996 \bluefileverbatim added -%July 1994 Version 2 -% \pre- and \postverbatim -% changed into token vars. -% Added -% \unmc, unable metacode -% \verbatim minimal tag -% <escape char>math -% <escape char>endmath -%Febr 1994 Release Version 1.0 -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography% -%From BLUe's Bibliography%;numvrb -%\ls<name> template -\newcount\bcnt -\def\lsstraight{\let\ls\nitem} -% -%\ls a la AMS -% -\newcount\suffixcnt -\def\lsams{\frenchspacing - \let\lstnme\relax \let\lstyear\relax - % - \def\ls##1{\ea\bibitem##1} - % - \def\bibitem##1(##2){% - \def\authornme{##1}% - \def\authoryear{##2}% - \ifx\lstnme\authornme - \def\authornme{------}% - \ifx\lstyear\authoryear - \global\advance\suffixcnt1 - \def\authoryear{--}% - \else\let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0 - \fi - \else\let\lstnme\authornme - \let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0 - \fi\nitem\authornme$\,$% - (\authoryear\suffix)}%end \bibitem -% -\def\suffix{\ifcase\suffixcnt\or a\or b\or - c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or - k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or - s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\fi} -} %;vrblin100 -%Loading -%Load selected entries -\def\gobble#1{} -\def\loadselectivefrom#1{%#1 lit etc. - \def\lst##1{\ifx##1\undefined\ea\gobble - \else \ea\gdef\ea##1\fi} - \input #1.dat \relax%e.g. lit.dat - } %;vrblin200 -\newif\ifstore \storetrue -\newtoks\thisreferences -\newtoks\referencesname -\newtoks\prereferences -\newtoks\postreferences -\newtoks\referencesfile -\newbox\referencesbox -\referencesfile{lit} -%\referencesname{References} -\def\references#1{\beginreferences#1% - \endreferences} -\def\bluereferences#1\par - {\beginreferences#1\endreferences} -\def\loadreferences{\loadselectivefrom - {\the\referencesfile}} -\def\beginreferences#1\endreferences{% - \bgroup\def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1 - \global\let##1\referenceserror\else - \message{***\tt\string##1 - already loaded.***} - \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}% - \fifo#1\ofif - \if]#1]\else\ea\loadreferences\fi - %formatting - \ifstore\global\setbox\referencesbox= - \vbox\bgroup\fi\prenum{}\postnum{} - \lsams%Default ls - \the\thisreferences - \def\lst##1{\ls{##1} - \xdef##1{\the\itemno}} - \the\namelst\endreferences} -% -\def\referenceserror{Reference not in - database (Sorry.)\loaderror{Reference}} -% -\def\endreferences{\smallbreak\egroup - \ifstore\egroup\fi - \thisreferences{}} -% -\def\pasteupreferences{% - \the\prereferences - \unvbox\referencesbox - \the\postreferences} -% -\prereferences{\head{\the - \referencesname}} -%\postreferences{} -%;vrblin250 -%Double loading is not prevented -%instead a message is provided. -\def\beginpictures#1\endpictures{% - \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1 - \gdef##1{Picture {\tt\string##1} not - in database, Sorry. - \loaderror{Picture}}% - \else \message{***\string##1 - already loaded.***}% - \fi}% - \fifo#1\ofif - \loadselectivefrom{\the\picturesfile} - \commonforpic} -% -%\def\endpictures{\egroup} -% -\def\pictures#1{\beginpictures#1% - \endpictures} -\def\bluepictures#1\par - {\beginpictures#1\endpictures} -\def\loadallpictures{\input\the - \picturesfile.dat\relax\commonforpic} -% -\def\loaderror#1{\write16{#1 not in - database}} -%\endinput %;nonum -%Contents bibliography -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Newcount -% \bcnt.........................2 -% \suffixcnt....................8 -%Newif -% \ifstore....................201 -%Newtoks -% \thisreferences.............202 -% \referencesname........203, 206 -% \prereferences.........204, 234 -% \postreferences.............205 -%Newbox -% \referencesbox..............206 -%Initializations -% \prereferences..........231-232 -% \postreferences.............233 -%\ls customization -% \lsstraight.................3-6 -% \lsams.....................9-34 -% \suffix...................30-33 -%loading -% \gobble.....................102 -% \loadselectivefrom......104-109 -%User level -% \references.............208-209 -% \beginreferences........210-225 -% \endreferences..........226-228 -% \pasteupreferences......230-233 -% \beginpictures..........251-259 -% \endpictures................260 -% \pictures...............261-262 -% \loadallpictures........263-265 -% \loaderror..............266-267 -%History of changes -%July 1994 Information supplied before -% \beginscript, past up later. -% Separate loading of pictures. -%June 1994 Simpler user interface -% \beginreferences -% \<name_1> ... \<name_n> -% \endreferences -%Created May 1994 -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Cross-Refs% -%From BLUe's Cross-Referencing -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb -\newif\ifadvance \advancetrue -\newcount\frmcnt -\newtoks\prenum\newtoks\postnum -%Default prenum and postnum -\prenum{(}\postnum{)} -%Automatic numbering -\def\frmnum{\ifadvance\global\advance - \frmcnt1 \fi - \the\prenum\the\frmcnt\the\postnum} -%Automatic numbering and attaching a name -\def\ref{\frmnum\create} -%\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else -% \xdef#1{\the\frmcnt}\fi} -%The version, which handles also displaylines -\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else - \ifx#1\hfil\hfil\else - \xdef#1{\the\prenum\the\frmcnt - \the\postnum}\fi\fi} -%Citation -\newif\ifproof \prooftrue -\def\crsref#1{\ifx#1\undefined{\ifproof - \leavevmode\vadjust{\kern-1ex - \rightline{\vbox to0pt{\vss - \rlap{FR: \tt\string#1}}}}\fi} - \else#1\fi} -%;nonum -%Contents Cross-Referencing -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Newifs, newcounts -% \ifadvance, \ifproof..........1, 18 -% \frmcnt...........................2 -%Newtoks -% \prenum, \postnum.................3 -%Context -% \prenum, \postnum.................4 -%Automatic numbering, referencing -% \frmnum.........................7-9 -% \ref.............................11 -% \create.......................15-16 -%Cross referencing -% \crsref.......................19-23 -% -%History of changes -%Jan 95 \prenum and postnum values are -% stored together with the number -% by \create -%June 94 Designed. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%cross-ref%;newpage -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic% -%From gkpmac (line diagrams) -% `Pictures (a subset of \LaTeX's -% conventions)' -%These macros have been used for typesetting -%`Concrete Mathematics,' among others. -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl ;numvrb -%\catcode`@=11 % borrow the private macros -% % of PLAIN (with care) -\newskip\hsssglue -\hsssglue=0pt plus 1fill minus 1fill -\def\hsss{\hskip\hsssglue} - -\newdimen\unitlength -\newdimen\linethickness -\newdimen\@picheight \newdimen\@xdim -\newdimen\@ydim \newdimen\@len \newdimen\@save -\newcount\@multicount \newcount\@xarg -\newcount\@yarg\newbox\@picbox \newbox\@mpbox - -\font\tenln=line10 \font\tenlnw=linew10 -\font\tencirc=lcircle10 -\font\tencircw=lcirclew10 -\font\smallln=linew10 scaled 483 % magstep-4 - -\def\thinlines{\let\linefont=\tenln - \let\circlefont=\tencirc - \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont} -\def\thicklines{\let\linefont=\tenlnw - \let\circlefont=\tencircw - \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont} -\thinlines - -\def\gkpbeginpicture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){\begingroup -\@picheight=#2\unitlength \let\line=\@line - \setbox\@picbox=\hbox to#1\unitlength - \bgroup\kern-#3\unitlength - \lower#4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup - \ignorespaces} -\def\gkpendpicture{\egroup\hss\egroup - \ht\@picbox=\@picheight \dp\@picbox=\z@ - \leavevmode\box\@picbox\endgroup} - -\def\put(#1,#2)#3{\raise#2\unitlength - \rlap{\kern#1\unitlength #3}\ignorespaces} - -\def\multiput(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{\@multicount - =#5\@xdim=#1\unitlength \@ydim=#2\unitlength -\setbox\@mpbox=\hbox{#6}% - \loop\ifnum\@multicount>0 - \raise\@ydim\rlap{\kern\@xdim - \unhcopy\@mpbox}% - \advance\@xdim#3\unitlength - \advance\@ydim#4\unitlength - \advance\@multicount\m@ne - \repeat\ignorespaces} - -%makebox is replaced because its reference -%point does not coincide with LaTeX's -%\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox\@picbox= -% \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss#3\hss}% -% \advance\@ydim-\dp\@picbox -% \ht\@picbox=#2\unitlength -% \dp\@picbox=\z@ -% \leavevmode\lower.5\@ydim\box\@picbox} -\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{% - \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss - \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss - \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}} -%LaTeX's framebox is added -\def\framebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox0= - \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss - \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss - \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}% - \makelightbox\kern-\wd0\box0} - -\newif\ifneg -\def\@line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg=#1 \@yarg=#2 - \@len=#3\unitlength \leavevmode - \ifnum\@xarg<0 \reverseline \else - \negfalse \@ydim=\z@\fi - \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vline - \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hline - \else\@sline\fi\fi -\ifneg\kern-\@len\else\@save=\@ydim\fi} -\def\reverseline{\negtrue \kern-\@len - \@xarg=-\@xarg - \@ydim=\@len \multiply\@ydim\@yarg - \divide\@ydim\@xarg \@yarg=-\@yarg} - -\def\@hline{\vrule height.5\linethickness - depth.5\linethickness width\@len} -\def\@vline{\kern-.5\linethickness\vrule - width\linethickness - \ifnum\@yarg<0 height\z@ depth\else - depth\z@ height\fi\@len - \kern-.5\linethickness} - -\def\@sline{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\linefont - \count@=\@xarg \multiply\count@ 8 - \ifnum\@yarg>0 \advance\count@\@yarg - \advance\count@-9 - \else \advance\count@-\@yarg - \advance\count@ 55 \fi - %\immediate\write0{count@=\the\count@}% - \char\count@}% - \ifnum\@yarg<0 \@picheight=-\ht\@picbox - \advance\@ydim\@picheight - \else \@picheight=\ht\@picbox \fi - \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \@save=\@ydim -%\hbox to0pt{\hss$\bullet$\hss}% - \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len - \raise\@ydim\copy\@picbox - \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox - \advance\@ydim\@picheight%\immediate - %\write0{x, y: \the\@xdim, \the\@ydim}% - \repeat - \advance\@xdim-\@len \kern-\@xdim - \multiply\@xdim\@yarg - \divide\@xdim\@xarg - \advance\@ydim-\@xdim -%Mod cgl June 94 - \ifdim\@len<\ht\@picbox - \kern\wd\@picbox\else - \raise\@ydim\box\@picbox\fi} - -\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@line(#1,#2){#3}% - \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vvector - \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hvector - \else\@svector\fi\fi} -\def\@hvector{\ifneg\rlap{\linefont\char - 27}\else\smash{\llap{\linefont\char45}}\fi - } % we have to smash because of font bug -\def\@vvector{\ifnum\@yarg<0 - \raise-\@len\rlap{\linefont\char63}% - \else\setbox\@picbox=\rlap{\linefont - \char54}\advance\@len-\ht\@picbox - \raise\@len\box\@picbox\fi} - -\def\@svector{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox - to\z@{\linefont - \ifnum\@yarg<0 \count@=55 \@yarg=-\@yarg - \else\count@=-9 \fi - \ifneg\multiply\@xarg16 \multiply\@yarg2 - \else\hss % \llap - \ifnum\@xarg>2 \multiply\@xarg9 - \multiply\@yarg2 - \advance\count@29 - \else\ifnum\@yarg>2 \multiply\@xarg16 - \multiply\@yarg9 - \advance\count@-20 - \else\multiply\@xarg24 \multiply\@yarg3 - \fi\fi\fi - \advance\count@\@xarg - \advance\count@\@yarg \char\count@ - \ifneg\hss\fi}% \rlap - \raise\@save\box\@picbox} - -\def\disk#1{\@len=#1\unitlength - \count@='160 \@diskcirc} -\def\circle#1{\@len=#1\unitlength - \count@='140 \@diskcirc} -\def\@diskcirc{\setbox\@picbox= - \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}% - \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \leavevmode - \ifdim\@len>15.499\@xdim \@bigdc - \else \@smalldc\fi} -\def\@bigdc{\ifnum\count@<'160 \@bigcirc - \else \@len=15\@xdim \@diskcirc\fi} -\def\@smalldc{{\advance\@len-.5\@xdim - \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len - \advance\count@\@ne - \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox - \repeat - \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}}} -\def\@bigcirc{{\circlefont\count@=15 - \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char\count@ - }\@xdim=\wd\@picbox - \ifdim\@len>2.5\@xdim \@len=2.5\@xdim\fi - \advance\@len-.125\wd\@picbox - \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len - \advance\count@4 - \advance\@xdim.25\wd\@picbox - \repeat - \@ydim=.5\@xdim - \advance\@ydim.5\linethickness - \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\hbox{\char - \count@\advance\count@-3\char\count@}% - \nointerlineskip - \hbox{\advance\count@\m@ne\char - \count@\advance\count@\m@ne - \char\count@}}% - \kern-\@ydim\lower\@ydim\box\@picbox}} - -\newif\ifovaltl \newif\ifovaltr -\newif\ifovalbl \newif\ifovalbr -\ovaltltrue \ovaltrtrue -\ovalbltrue \ovalbrtrue -\def\oval(#1,#2){\@xdim=#1\unitlength - \@ydim=#2\unitlength - {\circlefont - \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char0} - \ifdim\@xdim<\wd\@picbox - \@xdim=\wd\@picbox\fi - \ifdim\@ydim<\wd\@picbox - \@ydim=\wd\@picbox\fi - \@save=\@xdim - \ifdim\@ydim<\@save \@save=\@ydim \fi - \count@=39 - \loop \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char - \count@}\ifdim\@save<\wd\@picbox - \advance\count@-4 - \repeat - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height\ht - \@picbox depth\dp\@picbox width\z@ - \kern\wd\@picbox}% - \@save=.5\wd\@picbox - \advance\@save-.5\linethickness - \setbox0=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovaltl - \char\count@\else\strut\fi - \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height - \ifovaltl\linethickness\else\z@\fi - \hfil - \leaders\hrule height\ifovaltr - \linethickness\else\z@\fi - \hfil\kern\@save - \ifovaltr\advance\count@-3 - \char\count@\else\strut\fi - \kern-\wd\@picbox}% - \advance\count@\m@ne - \setbox2=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovalbl - \char\count@\else\strut\fi - \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height - \ifovalbl\linethickness\else\z@\fi - \hfil - \leaders\hrule height - \ifovalbr\linethickness\else - \z@\fi\hfil\kern\@save - \ifovalbr\advance\count@\m@ne - \char\count@\else\strut\fi - \kern-\wd\@picbox}% - \@save=\@ydim - \advance\@save-\wd\@picbox - \divide\@save 2 - \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\box0 - \nointerlineskip - \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save - width\ifovaltl\linethickness - \else\z@\fi - \hfil\ifovaltr\vrule - width\linethickness - \kern-\linethickness\fi}% - \nointerlineskip - \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save - width\ifovalbl\linethickness - \else\z@\fi - \hfil\ifovalbr\vrule - width\linethickness - \kern-\linethickness\fi}% - \nointerlineskip\box2}% - \@save=.5\@ydim - \advance\@save.5\linethickness - \leavevmode - \kern-.5\@xdim - \kern-.5\linethickness - \lower\@save\box\@picbox}} - -\def\begincpic#1\endcpic{\vcenter{\hbox - {\beginpicture#1\endpicture}}} - -% Squines (quadratic splines) -% example of use: to plot f(x) between -% x0 and x1, you can say -% \put(0,0){\squine(x0,xm,x1,y0,ym,y1)}, -% where y0=f(x0), y1=f(x1) -% xm=(y0-y1+s1x1-s0x0)/(s1-s0), -% ym=(s0(s1x1-y1)-s1(s0x0-y0))/(s1-s0), -% s0=f'(x0), and s1=f'(x1). - -\newdimen\@xi \newdimen\@xii -\newdimen\@xiii \newdimen\@xiv -\newdimen\@xpt \newdimen\@xoldpt -\newdimen\@yi \newdimen\@yii -\newdimen\@yiii \newdimen\@yiv -\newdimen\@ypt \newdimen\@yoldpt -\def\squineelem{.} -%\def\squineelem{\tencirc q} -\def\squine(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){\setbox - \@picbox\hbox{\squineelem}% - \global\@xoldpt=#1\unitlength - \global\@yoldpt=#4\unitlength - \kern\@xoldpt - \@xi=\@xoldpt - \@xii=#2\unitlength - \@xiii=#3\unitlength - \@yi=\@yoldpt - \@yii=#5\unitlength - \@yiii=#6\unitlength - \squinerec - \@xpt=#3\unitlength - \@ypt=#6\unitlength - \@addpoint - \raise\@ypt\copy\@picbox} -\newif\iffar -\def\squinerec{\farfalse - \testnear\@xi\@xiii \testnear\@yi\@yiii - \iffar \decast \fi} -\def\testnear#1#2{\@save=#1\advance - \@save-#2% - \ifdim\@save<\z@ \@save=-\@save\fi - \ifdim\@save>\p@ \fartrue \fi} -\def\decast{\@xpt=\@xi - \advance\@xpt\@xii \divide\@xpt2 - \advance\@xii\@xiii \divide\@xii2 - \@xiv=\@xpt - \advance\@xiv\@xii - \divide\@xiv2 - \@ypt=\@yi - \advance\@ypt\@yii - \divide\@ypt2 - \advance\@yii\@yiii - \divide\@yii2 - \@yiv=\@ypt - \advance\@yiv\@yii - \divide\@yiv2 - \begingroup\@xii=\@xpt \@xiii=\@xiv - \@yii=\@ypt \@yiii=\@yiv - \squinerec\endgroup - \@xpt=\@xiv \@ypt=\@yiv \@addpoint - \@xi=\@xiv \@yi=\@yiv \squinerec} -\def\@addpoint{% - %\message{(\the\@xpt,\the\@ypt)}% - \global\advance\@xoldpt-\@xpt - \wd\@picbox=-\@xoldpt - \raise\@yoldpt\copy\@picbox - \global\@xoldpt=\@xpt - \global\@yoldpt=\@ypt} -%Additions%;vrblin399 -\newtoks\xdim \newtoks\ydim -\newtoks\xoffset \newtoks\yoffset -\newtoks\everypicture -\newtoks\thispicture -\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%defaults -\def\beginpicture{\bgroup - \the\everypicture\the\thispicture - \gkpbeginpicture(\the\xdim,\the\ydim)% - (\the\xoffset,\the\yoffset)} -\def\endpicture{\gkpendpicture\egroup - \global\thispicture{}} -\def\rhombus(#1,#2)#3#4{% -%#1,#2 ratio of horizontal/vertical size, <=6 -%#3 the size in unitlengths (half of total width) -%#4 text to be put in the middle. -%The centre is the reference point, -%like \oval. -\setbox0=\hbox{\line(#1,#2){#3}}% -\setbox1=\hbox{\line(#1,-#2){#3}}% -\hbox to0pt{\hss - \vbox to0pt{\offinterlineskip\vss - \copy0\copy1\vss}% - \vbox to0pt{\vss\copy1\copy0\vss}\hss}% - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \hbox to 0pt{\hss#4\hss}\vss}} -%lu is pointing left up, -%rl is pointing roght down -\def\rdarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\hss - \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex - \vrule height.5ex\relax}} -\def\luarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\vrule - depth.5ex\relax - \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex}} -%\endinput %;nonum -% -%Contents Picture environm. named -%gkppic. cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Dimensions -% \unitlength......................7 -% \linethickness...................8 -% \@picheight......................9 -% \@xdim, \@ydim................9-10 -% \@xarg, \@yarg, \@len........10-12 -% \@save..........................10 -% \@picbox........................12 -% \@mpbox.........................12 -% \@xi, \@xii, \@xiii, \@xiv.270-271 -% \@xpt, \@xoldpt................272 -% \@yi, \@yii, \@yiii, \@yiv.273-274 -% \@ypt, \@yoldpt................275 -%Newifs -% \ifneg..........................70 -% \ifovaltl, \ifovaltr...........185 -% \ifovalbl, \ifovalbr...........186 -% \iffar.........................297 -%Fonts -% \tenln, \tenlnw.................14 -% \tencirc, \tencircw..........15-16 -% \smallln........................17 -%Size switching -% \thinlines, \thicklines......19-25 -%Picture environment -% \gkpbeginpicture -% (and \line in there)......27-32 -% \gkpendpicture...............33-35 -% \begincpic, \endcpic.......258-259 -% \put.........................37-38 -% \multiput....................40-49 -%Picture elements -% \makebox.....................59-62 -% \framebox....................64-68 -% \@line.......................71-78 -% \reverseline.................79-82 -% \@hline......................84-85 -% \@vline......................86-90 -% \@sline.....................92-115 -% \vector....................117-120 -% \@hvector..................121-123 -% \@vvector..................124-128 -% \@svector..................130-147 -% \disk......................149-150 -% \circle....................151-152 -% \@diskcirc.................153-157 -% \@bigdc....................158-159 -% \@smalldc..................160-165 -% \@bigcirc..................166-183 -% \oval......................189-256 -%Curves -% \squineelem................276-277 -% \squine....................278-293 -% \squinerec.................295-297 -% \testnear..................298-301 -% \decast....................302-320 -% \@addpoint.................321-327 -%Additions, compatible blue.tex conventions -%Newtoks -% \xdim, \ydim, -% \xoffset, \yoffset.........400-401 -%\everypicture, \thispicture..402-403 -%\beginpicture................406-409 -%\endpicture..................410-411 -%\rhombus.....................412-424 -%\luarrowhead.................430-432 -%\rlarrowhead.................427-429 -%History of changes -%Dec 94 \rhombus picture element added. -% \luarrowhead, \rlarrowhead added. -%Jun 94 Extensions added for compati- -% bility with blue.tex. -% \makebox adapted to LaTeX. -% \framebox added. -% \@sline adapted for case -% \@len less then \ht\@picbox -% (suppress line -% element but kern conditionally.) -% The `dot' element in \squine has -% been parameterized and initialized -% differently. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%;newcol -% -% -% -%%%%%%%%% Amy's Diagonal line %%%%%%%%%% -\newif\ifminuswd -\newif\ifminusht -\newbox\dotwide -\newbox\dotbox -\newdimen\savehtofdiagline -\newdimen\htofdiagline -\newdimen\wdofdiagline -\newdimen\dotmove -\newdimen\newsaveht -\newdimen\savewdofdiagline -% -\def\diagline #1 #2 wd #3 ht{% -%#1 dot, e.g. . -%#2 width in units, eg 2ex -%#3 height in units, eg 3ex -%Amy Hendrickson, TB6#2, 1985 -%Comment cgl: Line thickness varies over -%the direction, nearly verticals go wrong. -\global\setbox\dotwide=\hbox{#1}% -\global\setbox\dotbox= - \hbox to0pt{\hss#1\hss}% -\global\wdofdiagline=#2\relax% -\ifdim\wdofdiagline<1sp - \global\minuswdtrue - \global\advance\wdofdiagline - by-2\wdofdiagline -\else\global\minuswdfalse%Robustness -\fi% turn neg dim to positive -\global\htofdiagline=#3\relax% -\ifdim\htofdiagline<1sp - \global\advance\htofdiagline - by-2\htofdiagline\global\minushttrue -\else\global\minushtfalse%Robustness -\fi -\global\dotmove=1pt%% -\setbox1=\hbox{% - \global\divide\htofdiagline - by\the\wdofdiagline\relax}% -\ifminuswd\rlap\bgroup% -\else\bgroup\fi% -\loop\ifdim\htofdiagline>.4pt%CGL mod -\global\divide\htofdiagline by2% -\global\divide\dotmove by2\repeat% -\global\savehtofdiagline=\htofdiagline% -\loop\ifdim\wdofdiagline>0pt% -\hskip\ifminuswd-\dotmove% - \else\dotmove\fi% -\ifminusht\lower\else\raise\fi% - \htofdiagline\copy\dotbox% -\global\advance\htofdiagline - by\savehtofdiagline% -\global\advance\wdofdiagline - by-\dotmove\repeat% -\egroup% -}% end diagonal line -\def\amyicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle -%#1 is ht of icon matrix, -%with UT the upper triangular part, e.g. 4ex -%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular) -%matrix, e.g. 2ex -\vbox to #1{\hrule - \hbox{\diagline . #2 wd -#2 ht\vrule}% - \vfil}% -}%end amyicurt -%endamy's diagline%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%;nonum;newcol -% -% -% -\newtoks\picturesfile -\picturesfile{pic} -%;numvrb -%begin%%%%%%Generalized \samplebox -\def\point#1 #2 #3{\kern#1\unitlength - \raise#2\unitlength\hbox to0pt{\the\prefil - \the\prepoint#3\the\postfil - }\kern-#1\unitlength} -% -\def\gbox#1#2#3#4{%#1=ht,#2=dp,#3=wd -%#4=text. Assumed: the dimen vars -%\xshift, \yshift have been initialized. -%position of begin of text. -{\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to#1{% - \hbox to#3{}\vss}\nointerlineskip - \vbox to#2{}}% -%now \box0 has the desired -%ht, dp, and wd - \hbox{\makelightbox\kern-#3% - \raise\yshift\hbox to#3{\kern\xshift - #4\hss}% - }}}%;nonum;newpage -% -% -%Turtle graphics macros added, July 1995 -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995 -%\newdimen\unitlength -\unitlength3ex %deault -\newdimen\unitlengthx -\newdimen\unitlengthy -\newdimen\x \newdimen\auxdim -\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx -\newdimen\y \newdimen\yy -\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty -%\newcount\i -\newcount\k \newcount\kaux -\newcount\loccnt \newcount\modsum -\newcount\level \newcount\order -\newcount\kmax -\newcount\kk \newcount\ekk -\newcount\dir -\newbox\nel \newbox\nwl -\newbox\hlfwndelm -%\newdimen\linethickness \linethickness.2pt -\newdimen\linesize -\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule - height\linethickness - width\linethickness} -\def\xy#1{%Function: place #1 at x, y - \vbox to0pt{\kern-\y - \hbox to0pt{\kern\x#1\hss}\vss}} -% -\def\xytxt#1{%Function: place text #1 at x, y - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss - \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss}\kern0pt}}} -% -\def\N#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \hrule height#1\unitlength - width\linethickness}}% -\advance\y#1\unitlength} -% -\def\S#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength - {\N{#1}}} -% -\def\E#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss - \hrule width#1\unitlength - height\linethickness - depth0pt\vss -}}\advance\x#1\unitlength} -% -\def\W#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength - {\E{#1}}} -% -\def\NE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction -\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm -\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}% - \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm - \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm -\repeat} -% -\def\NW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction -\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm -\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm - \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}% - \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm -\repeat} -% -\def\SW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction -\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm -\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm - \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm - \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}% -\repeat} -% -\def\SE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction -\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm -\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm - \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}% - \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm -\repeat} -% -%Convenient aliases are -\let\0\N -\let\1\E -\let\2\S -\let\3\W -%to supply text to the east (by preceding -%it with \hss it is centered) -\def\trttxt#1{\hbox to0pt{% - \kern\x\vbox to0pt{\vss - \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss - }\kern\y}\hss}} -%white writing i.e. just move, don't draw -\def\whiteE#1{\advance\x#1\unitlength } -\def\whiteN#1{\advance\y#1\unitlength } -\def\whiteW#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength } -\def\whiteS#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength } -%sometimes the following variants with -%global changes are needed -\def\globalN#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \hrule height#1\unitlength - width\linethickness}}% -\global\advance\y#1\unitlength} -% -\def\globalS#1{\global\advance - \y-#1\unitlength{\N{#1}}} -% -\def\globalE#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss - \hrule width#1\unitlength - height\linethickness - depth0pt\vss -}}\global\advance\x#1\unitlength} -% -\def\globalW#1{\global\advance - \x-#1\unitlength{\E{#1}}} -% -\newbox\trielm -\linethickness.2pt -\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule - width1.74\linethickness - height\linethickness\relax} -%To account for element in 30 degrees direction -\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt -\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt -\unitlength\unitlengthy%default.2pt -% -\def\WSW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2 - \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy - \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy - \advance\x-\unitlengthx - \advance\y-\unitlengthy - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}% - \repeat} -% -\def\ESE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2 - \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy - \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy - \advance\y-\unitlengthy - \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}% - \advance\x\unitlengthx - \repeat} -% -\def\correction{\multiply\auxdim23 - \divide\auxdim32\relax} -% -%And the shortcut -\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname - {\the\kk}} -%The useful \bintree for trees -\def\bintree{\S1\ifnum2=\kk\eertnib\fi - \divide\kk2 - {\W{\the\kk}\bintree}% - \E{\the\kk}\bintree\relax} -\def\eertnib#1\relax{\fi\global\advance\k1 - \whiteS1\xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}} -% -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995 -%\newdimen\x \newdimen\y \newdimen\yy -%\newcount\k \newcount\kmax -\ea\newdimen\csname X1\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X2\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X3\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X4\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X12\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X23\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X34\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X123\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X234\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname X1234\endcsname -\def\X#1{\csname X#1\endcsname} -% -\ea\newdimen\csname Y1\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y2\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y3\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y4\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y12\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y23\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y34\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y123\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y234\endcsname -\ea\newdimen\csname Y1234\endcsname -\def\Y#1{\csname Y#1\endcsname} -% -\newbox\smileybox -%Next the METAfont spline implementation -\def\mfs{\ifnum\k=\kmax \sfm\fi -\advance\k1 -\midpoints\x\X{1234}\y\Y{1234}\putatxy -{\X2\X{12}\X3\X{123}\X4\X{1234}% - \Y2\Y{12}\Y3\Y{123}\Y4\Y{1234}\mfs}% -{\X1\X{1234}\X2\X{234}\X3\X{34}% - \Y1\Y{1234}\Y2\Y{234}\Y3\Y{34}\mfs}\relax}%end \mfs -% -\def\sfm#1\relax{\fi} -% -% -\def\midpoints{%z1,...,z4 -> z1, z12, z23,...,z1234 -\X{12}\X1\advance\X{12}by\X2\divide\X{12}by2 -\X{23}\X2\advance\X{23}by\X3\divide\X{23}by2 -\X{34}\X3\advance\X{34}by\X4\divide\X{34}by2 -\X{123}\X{12}\advance\X{123}by\X{23}\divide\X{123}by2 -\X{234}\X{23}\advance\X{234}by\X{34}\divide\X{234}by2 -\X{1234}\X{123}\advance\X{1234}by\X{234}\divide\X{1234}by2 -% -\Y{12}\Y1\advance\Y{12}by\Y2\divide\Y{12}by2 -\Y{23}\Y2\advance\Y{23}by\Y3\divide\Y{23}by2 -\Y{34}\Y3\advance\Y{34}by\Y4\divide\Y{34}by2 -\Y{123}\Y{12}\advance\Y{123}by\Y{23}\divide\Y{123}by2 -\Y{234}\Y{23}\advance\Y{234}by\Y{34}\divide\Y{234}by2 -\Y{1234}\Y{123}\advance\Y{1234}by\Y{234}\divide\Y{1234}by2 } -%\putatxy already in blue.tex -\def\putatxy{\hbox to0pt{\kern\x\kern-.15pt - \vbox to0pt{\vss\hrule width.3pt - height.3pt\relax - \kern\y}\hss}} -% -%\def\S#1{...}%See earlier -% -\def\initialize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%points: (#1,#2),...(#7,#8) - \csname X1\endcsname#1\unitlength - \csname X2\endcsname#3\unitlength - \csname X3\endcsname#5\unitlength - \csname X4\endcsname#7\unitlength - \csname Y1\endcsname#2\unitlength - \csname Y2\endcsname#4\unitlength - \csname Y3\endcsname#6\unitlength - \csname Y4\endcsname#8\unitlength} -% -% -%\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt -% \copy\smileybox\eyes\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} } -%\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt -% \copy\smileybox\winkeye\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} } -%\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt -% \copy\smileybox\squinteyes\sadmouth\kern1000\unitlength} } -% -%Contents turtle tools -%Storage allocations -%\newcount -% \k, \loccnt, \modsum, -% \level, \order, \kmax, -% \kk, \ekk, \dir -%newdimen -% \x, \leftx, \rightx, -% \y, \yy, \lefty, \righty, -%\newbox -% \hlfwndelm, \trielm -%Definitions -% \N, \E, \S, \W -% \NE, \SE, \SW, \NW -% \WSW, \ESE -% \whiteN, \whiteE, \whiteS, \whiteW -% \globalN, \globalE, \globalS, \globalW -% \correction -% \draw -% \bintree, \eertnib -% \putarxy -% \mfs, \sfm -% \midpoints -% \initialize -%Aliases -%\0, \1, \3, \4 -%History of changes -%July 1995 Setup turtle graphics -%\endinput -% -% -%Undocumented features -%\rnd from Reid, 1987 -%(Included in index macros of BLUe.) -%\newcount\rndnum \newcount\rndtmp -%\newcount\rndval -\def\rnd{\multiply\rndnum371{}% - \advance\rndnum1{}% - \ifnum\rndnum>99999 - \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000 - \multiply\rndtmp100000 - \advance\rndnum-\rndtmp - \fi\rndval\rndnum - \divide\rndval1000 } -% -\def\dieiii{\rnd\throw= - \ifnum\rndval<34 0\else - \ifnum\rndval<67 1\else2 - \fi\fi} -\def\dieiv{\rnd\throw= - \ifnum\rndval<25 0\else - \ifnum\rndval<50 1\else - \ifnum\rndval<75 2\else3 - \fi\fi\fi} -\def\diev{\rnd\throw= - \ifnum\rndval<20 0\else - \ifnum\rndval<40 1\else - \ifnum\rndval<60 2\else - \ifnum\rndval<80 3\else4 - \fi\fi\fi\fi} -% -% -%;numvrb -%Formats. -\def\loadformat{\input fmt.dat\relax} -% -\def\concert{\ifx\undefined\concertfmt - \let\concertfmt=x\fi - \loadformat - \let\concertfmt\undefined -} -%;vrblin50 -\newtoks\addressesfile -\addressesfile{address} -% -\def\letter{\ifx\undefined\letterfmt - \let\letterfmt=x\fi - \loadformat - \let\letterfmt\undefined -} -%;vrblin100 -\newcount\reportloadcnt -%Prevent double loading. -\def\report{\ifx\undefined\reportfmt - \let\reportfmt=x\fi - \ifnum\reportloadcnt=0 \ea\loadformat\fi - \advance\reportloadcnt1 - \let\reportfmt\undefined -} -%;vrblin150 -\newcount\transparenciesloadcnt -\def\transparencies{% - \ifx\undefined\transparenciesfmt - \let\transparenciesfmt=x\fi - \ifnum\transparenciesloadcnt=0 - \ea\loadformat\fi - \advance\transparenciesloadcnt1 - \let\transparenciesfmt\undefined -}% -\newcount\trsno -\newbox\trsppt -\newcount\transparenciespptloadcnt -\def\transparenciesppt{% - \ifx\undefined\transparenciespptfmt - \let\transparenciespptfmt=x\fi - \ifnum\transparenciespptloadcnt=0 - \ea\loadformat\fi - \advance\transparenciespptloadcnt1 - \let\transparenciespptfmt\undefined -}%;nonum;newpage -% -% -%;numvrb -%Tools -%General macros. -\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi - \process{#1}\fifo} -\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi} -% -{\obeylines\gdef\fifol#1 - {\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi% - \processl{#1}\fifol}} -\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi} -% -{\obeyspaces\gdef\fifow#1 {\ifx -\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}} -\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi} -% -\long\def\gobbletool#1\endinput{\egroup} -\long\def\tool#1{\ifx#1\undefined - \bgroup\unouterdefs - \ea\gobbletool\fi} -% -\def\toolverbatim{\thisverbatim{% - \baselineskip12ptplus2ptminus1pt - \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}% - \beginverbatim} -% -\let\cgl\relax -%\def\cgl{\endverbatim\endinput} -% -\def\unouterdefs{%List of defs which - %have to be neglected - \ea\let\csname+\endcsname\relax - \catcode`\^12 - %more to come -} -% -\newif\iffound -\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end - {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse - \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end} -% -\def\contentsdatabase#1{%#1 pic lit address -\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname -\immediate\openout\name=contents#1 -%Define list element tag `\lst' -\def\lst##1##2{\let##1\relax - \advance\k1 - \immediate\write\name{##1}} -\input #1.dat\relax -\message{Database #1 contains - \the\k\space entries. - See the file contents#1 for - the list of the names of the entries.}} -% -\newwrite\tocfmt -\newwrite\toctools -% -\def\contentstoolsorfmt#1{%#1 tools fmt -\bgroup -\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname -\immediate\openout\name=contents#1 -\long\def\tool##1##2\endinput{% - \immediate\write\name{\nx##1}} -\unouterdefs -\input #1.dat\relax -\message{Database #1 contains - \the\k\space entries.}% -\egroup} -% -%Tags for the address database -\newif\ifregisteredblue -%Searching the database -\newtoks\searchfile -\newtoks\foundfile -\newtoks\namelst -\def\search#1{\def\loc##1##2{% - \def\locate####1##1####2\end - {\ifx\empty####2\empty\foundfalse - \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate##2.##1\end} - \def\lst##1##2{\loc{#1}{##2}\iffound - \immediate\write16{\nx##1}%log file - \namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1} - \def##1{##2}%define found element - \fi}\input\the\searchfile.dat\relax} -%;vrblin200 -\def\bluechapter#1\par - {\beginchapterhead#1\unskip\endchapterhead} -%Because of \par not in fmt.dat -\def\blueexample#1\par - {\example{#1\unskip}} -% -\def\bluedisplaycenterline#1\par - {\begindisplaycenterline - #1\enddisplaycenterline}%;nonum;newcol -% -% -%;numvrb -%Tools -%Next sorted on <tag>tool -% -\def\loadtool{\input tools.dat\relax} -%;vrblin20 -%Binarytreetool -\newcount\ltree \newcount\m -\newcount\lu \newcount\levelone -\newdimen\tophns \newdimen\tophnshalf -\newdimen\vnodesep -\newdimen\treewidth %\treewidth= -%\prod_{i=1}^k{1+1/2i} * \tophns, for level k tree. -\newtoks\thisbintree -\newtoks\everybintree -\def\beginbintree{\begingroup - \let\bintreetool=x - \loadtool - \startbintree} -\newtoks\thisbt -\newtoks\everybt -\newtoks\prebt -\newtoks\postbt -\def\beginbt{\begingroup - \let\bttool=x - \loadtool\bt} -%;vrblin50 -%Bridgetool -\def\beginbridge{\begingroup - \let\endbridge\endgroup - \let\bridgetool=x - \loadtool -} -%;vrblin100 -%Crosswordstool -\def\begincrosswords{\begingroup - \let\endcrosswords\endgroup - \let\crosswordstool=x - \loadtool -} -%;vrblin150 -%Hanoitool -\def\hanoi#1{\beginhanoi{#1}\endhanoi} -\def\beginhanoi{\begingroup - \let\endhanoi\endgroup - \let\hanoitool=x - \loadtool -\sethanoi} -%;vrblin200 -%Indextool -\newcount\indexloadcnt -\def\loadindexmacros{% - \ifx\undefined\indextool - \let\indextool=x\fi - \ifnum\indexloadcnt=0 - \ea\loadtool\fi - \advance\indexloadcnt1 - \let\indextool\undefined} -%(mini-)ToCtool -\newwrite\toc -\newcount\tocloadcnt -\def\loadtocmacros{% - \ifx\undefined\toctool - \let\toctool=x\fi - \ifnum\tocloadcnt=0 - \ea\loadtool\fi - \advance\tocloadcnt1 - \let\toctool\undefined} -%;vrblin250 -%Language tools -\def\english{\let\englishtool=x - \loadtool - \let\englishtool\undefined -} -\def\russian{\let\russiantool=x - \loadtool - \let\russiantool\undefined -} -%;vrblin500 -%ntglogo -\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\newbox\ntglogobox -\def\loadntglogo{\let\ntglogotool=x - \loadtool - \let\ntglogotool\undefined -} -\def\loadntginfo{\let\ntginfotool=x - \loadtool - \let\ntginfotool\undefined -} -% -%;vrblin525 -\newbox\smileybox -\newcount\smileysloadcount -\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex - \hbox{\unitlength.01pt - \copy\smileybox - \eyes\mouth - \kern1000\unitlength} } -\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex - \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox - \winkeye\mouth - \kern1000\unitlength} } -\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex - \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox - \squinteyes\sadmouth - \kern1000\unitlength} } -\def\loadsmileys{\ifx\undefined\smileystool - \let\smileystool=x\fi - \ifnum\smileysloadcount=0 \ea\loadtool - \else\message{--- smileys already loaded---}\fi - \advance\smileysloadcount1 - \let\smileystool\undefined} -% -%;vrblin550 -\def\loadxyz{\let\xyztool=x - \loadtool - \let\xyztool\undefined -} -%;vrblin575 -\def\loadpartlogo{\let\partlogotool=x - \loadtool - \let\partlogotool\undefined -} -%;vrblin600 -%Pascaltool -%Declarations -\newtoks\prepascal -\newtoks\postpascal -\newtoks\reservedset -\newcount\commentstatus -%Initializations -\let\reservedwordsfont\bf -\let\pascalprogramfont\it -\let\pascalcommentfont\rm -\prepascal{\medskip\noindent} -\postpascal\prepascal -%Reserved words need right catcodes -% -\def\beginpascal{\begingroup - \let\pascaltool=x - \loadtool - \afterassignment\fifol\let\dummy=}%;nonum;newcol -% -% -% -%***Storage allocation*** ;numvrb -%\new...-s needed in the various tools -%Space is once reserved. -%General -\newtoks\storedheadline -\newtoks\storedfootline -\newtoks\appendixname -\appendixname{Appendix} -\newcount\storedpageno -%;vrblin10 -%From \contentsdatabase -\newwrite\tocpic -\newwrite\toclit -\newwrite\tocaddress -%;vrblin20 -%From \letter -\newtoks\letterfile -%\newtoks\addressesfile -\newtoks\addresseename\newtoks\fullname -\newtoks\addresseelist -\newtoks\subject -\newtoks\ourreference -\newtoks\yourreference -\newtoks\enclosures -\newdimen\longindentation -\newdimen\storedvsize -\newskip\vaoffset%vert address offset -\newskip\haoffset%hor address offset -\newbox\affiliationbox -\letterfile{letter} -%\addressesfile{address} -%From \transparencies -\newtoks\regularheadline -\newtoks\regularfootline -%;vrblin50 -%From \report -\newtoks\chapternumbering -\newtoks\thischapterhead -\newtoks\everychapterhead -\newtoks\prefacename -\newtoks\bibliographydata -\newtoks\chaptertitle -\newtoks\prechapterhead -\newtoks\postchapterhead -\newtoks\headtitle -\newtoks\subheadtitle -\newtoks\subsubheadtitle -\newtoks\prepoint -\newtoks\prefil -\newtoks\postfil -\newtoks\thisexample -\newtoks\everyexample -\newtoks\exampletitle -\newbox\prefacebox -\newbox\contentsbox -\newbox\forewordtranslatorbox -\newdimen\generalindent -\newdimen\gutter \gutter1em -\newdimen\xshift -\newdimen\yshift -\newdimen\subsubheadindent -\newcount\headcnt -\newcount\chaptercnt -\newcount\examplecnt -\newcount\exercisecnt -\newwrite\toc -\newwrite\toe -\newif\ifrunin -%;vrblin100 -%From transparencies -\newtoks\identification -%\newtoks\crowner -\newtoks\headtitle -\newtoks\subheadtitle -\newtoks\subsubheadtitle -\newskip\leftskiptrs -\newskip\rightskiptrs -%;vrblin125 -%From crosswords -\newif\ifpuzzle -\newcount\cnt -\newdimen\csize -%;vrblin150 -%From index -\newif\ifcontinue%controls loops -\newif\iffound%locating accent cs -\newif\ifproof\prooftrue -\newtoks\indword -\newcount\n -\newcount\lc -\newcount\r -\newcount\ic -\newcount\uone -\newcount\jc -\newcount\jj -\newcount\jjone -%Counters -%\newcount\n -%\newcount\m -%\newcount\k -%\newcount\kk -\n=0 -\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value -\newcount\pk -\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs -\newcount\frst%First value of range -\newcount\last %Last value of range -\newcount\slast%Successor \last -\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst -\newcount\nw %Number of words -\newcount\nc %Number of characters/comp -\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges -\newcount\rndval%Random number -\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator -\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value -\newcount\throw -\newcount\status%Status comparison -\newcount\low -\newcount\up -\newif\ifgoon -\newread\inxin -\newtoks\indword -\newtoks\indexfile - %To parameterize the resulting index -\newtoks\irfile - %To parameterize the IRs -\newtoks\indexname -\newtoks\preindex -\newtoks\postindex -\newtoks\ignores -\newtoks\conseqs -\newtoks\consyms -\newtoks\srtkeys -\newtoks\srtkeypairs -%;vrblin500 -%Contents Tools -%- bridgetool -%- crosswordstool -%- hanoitool -%- indextool -%- langauages englishtool (default) -%- ntglogotool -%- ntginfotool -%- russiantool -%- smileys -%- toctool -%- xyztool -%- pascaltool -%;nonum -%History of changes Tools -% Jan 1995 Created -% Summer 1995 Smileys added -% March 1996 Toc tool added -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% -% -\def\\{\hfil\break} -\let\annotation\relax -\generalindent\parindent -\subsubheadindent\generalindent -\loadntglogo -\english -\catcode`\@=12 -\endinput -%for Mac as pre format -\global\advance\count0-1 \dump -%%%end blue.tex, cgl%%%
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/blu/fmt.dat b/macros/blu/fmt.dat deleted file mode 100644 index 684c4540f2..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/fmt.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1418 +0,0 @@ -%The material is shareware and subject -%to the separate notes on copyright. -% -%File of formats to cooperate with blue.tex -%To print the formats properly, copy -%the following 11-lines job and -%substitute the semicolon token -%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x) -% ---Kees--- -%\input blue.tex -%\hfuzz25pt -%\title{File: fmt.dat} -%\issue{Version 1.0} -%\beginscript -%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0 -% \catcode`\!=12 -% \catcode`\|=12 -% \input fmt.dat} -%\beginverbatim -%`semi-col'endverbatim -%\endscript %or use pgfile.tex -% -% -% -%Contents: -%- concert -%- letter -%- report -%- transparencies -% -\message{fmt.dat browsed (Version March 1996)} -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert% -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb -\tool\concertfmt -\message{ ---Concert format, Jan 95, cgl--- } -%Concert format TeXbook 409, 412 -%\font\twelverm=cmr12 -%\font\twelvebf=cmbx12 -%\font\twelveit=cmti12 %all in blue.tex -%\font\twelvesl=cmsl12 -%\font\twelvemus=cmmi12 -% -\def\bigtype{\let\rm=\twelverm - \let\bf=\twelvebf\let\it=\twelveit - \let\sl=\twelvesl\let\mus=\twelvemus - \baselineskip=14pt minus 1pt \rm} -\def\medtype{\let\rm=\tenrm - \let\bf=\tenbf\let\it=\tenit - \let\sl=\tensl\let\mus=\teni - \baselineskip=12pt minus 1pt \rm} -\def\smalltype{\let\rm=\eightrm - \let\bf=\eightbf\let\it=\eightit - \let\sl=\eightsl\let\mus=\eighti - \baselineskip=9.5pt minus .75pt \rm} -% -\def\flat{\raise.2ex\hbox{\mus\char"5B}} -\def\sharp{\raise.4ex\hbox{\mus\char"5D}} -\let\,=\thinspace -\def\(#1){{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}} -% ;vrblin50 -\def\composition#1{\halign{\bf - \quad##\hfil\cr\kern-1em#1\crcr}} -% use \cr's if more than one line -\def\composer#1{\rightline{\bf#1}} -\def\movements#1{\halign{\quad\it##\hfil - &&\qquad\it##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}} -\def\soloists#1{\centerline{\bf - \vbox{\halign{##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}}} -% ;vrblin100 -\def\tsaologo{\vbox{\bigtype\bf - \line{\hrulefill} - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill\phantom -{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill} - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill\hbox -{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill} - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill\phantom -{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill} - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill\hbox -{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill} - }} -%Defaults -\onecol\hsize=4in\bigtype -\endinput %;nonum -%Contents -%Fonts -% \bigtype................10-13 -% \medtype................14-17 -% \smalltype..............18-21 -% \flat......................23 -% \sharp.....................24 -% \,.........................25 -% \(...).....................26 -%Layout -% \composition............51-52 -% \composer..................54 -% \movement..................55 -% \soloists...............57-58 -% \tsalogo..............101-115 -%Defaults -% \onecol\hsize\bigtype.....117 -%History of changes. -%Jan 95 Creation. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%;numvrb -\tool\letterfmt -%Inspired upon the TeXbook App E -%\today already in blue.tex -\message{ ---Letter format, - Jan 95, cgl--- } -%Addresses assumed in address.dat -%Toks vars: \letterfile\addressesfile -%Address handling -\def\beginaddresses#1\endaddresses{% - \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1 - \let##1\addresserror - \else \message{\Dash\string##1 - already loaded.\Dash}% - \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}} - \fifo#1\ofif%end defining all names - \loadselectivefrom{\the\addressesfile}} -%with on top the trivial variant -\def\addresserror{Address not in database, - Sorry.\loaderror{Addresses}} -\def\addresses#1{\beginaddresses - #1\endaddresses} -% -\def\addressee#1{\ea - \splitaddress#1\egroup}%;nonum -% -%with at the lower level -%;numvrb;vrblin50 -\def\splitaddress#1\\#2\\{\addresseename{#1% - \unskip}\fullname{#2\unskip}\setbox - \affiliationbox\hbox\bgroup#2\\}%;nonum -% -%To handle letters -%;numvrb;vrblin100 -\def\letterto#1{{\everyscript{\notlastscript} - \storedvsize\vsize - \storedheadline\headline - \storedfootline\footline - \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses - \let\lst\processletter - \the\namelst}} -% -\def\lettertoall{{\everyscript{\notlastscript} - \def\lst##1{\processletter} - \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax}}%;nonum -% -\def\makesearchletters{\def\lst{% - \thisscript{\notlastscript} - \processletter} - \the\namelst} -%with at the lower level -%;numvrb;vrblin150 -\def\processletter#1{{%#1 name or address - \headline\storedheadline - \footline\storedfootline - \vsize\storedvsize - \addressee{#1} - \beginscript - \input\the\letterfile\relax - \endscript}} -%;vrblin175 -%\def\makelistaddresseetags{\def\lst -% ##1##2{\namelst\ea{\the\namelst##1}} -% \input\the\addressesfile\relax}%;nonum -% -%`Page makeup' -%;numvrb;vrblin200 -\headline{\line{\vbox to3cm{% -\line{\logo\hss - \vbox{\hsize.33\hsize\small - \the\address\\\the\netaddress\\\the\telephone} -}\kern3pt\hrule\vss}\hss}% -\addresseewindow -%and for follow pages -\global\headline{\line{\vbox - to3cm{\vss%Implicit vspace - \line{\tenrm \To: \the\fullname - \hss\today/\the\subject/\the\crowner\ - \oldstyle\the\ourreference}\kern2pt\hrule - \vss}}}%end follow \headline -}%end \headline -% -\footline{\line{\vbox{% - \kern\baselineskip\hrule\kern.5ex - \hbox{\strut\the\businessaccount}}\hss} -%and for follow pages - \global\vsize19cm - \global\footline{\line{\null - \hss--{\oldstyle\the\count0}--\hss - }}%end follow \footline -}%end \footline -%;vrblin250 -\def\addresseewindow{\line{% -\vbox to 4cm{%Window height Dutch - %envelopes -\vskip\vaoffset %To shift address vert. -\leftskip\haoffset%To shift address hor. -\unhbox\affiliationbox -\vss}\hss}%end line -\line{\hbox to\longindentation - {\hbox to11ex{\Subject\hss:} - \the\subject\hss}\today\hss} -\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Ourref\hss:} - \the\crowner\ - \oldstyle\the\ourreference\hss} -\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Yourref\hss:} - \the\yourreference\hss} -}%;nonum -% -%Processing labels -%;numvrb;vrblin300 -\def\makelabels#1{\vsize=26cm% - \headline{}\footline{}% - \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses - \let\lst\processlabel - \the\namelst} -% -\def\makealllabels{\vsize=28cm - \headline{}\footline{} - \def\lst##1{\processlabel} - \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax -} -% -\def\makesearchlabels{\vsize=28cm - \headline{}\footline{} - \let\lst\processlabel - \the\namelst}%;nonum -% -%with at the lower level -%;numvrb;vrblin350 -\def\processlabel#1{\addressee{#1}% - \boxit{\kern1cm\vbox to3.5cm - {\noindent\leftskip.33\hsize - \hsize.9\hsize - \unhbox\affiliationbox\vss} - {\smallskip\small - \leftskip\generalindent - \the\author\\ - \the\address\bigskip} -}\smallskip}%end \processlabel%;nonum -% -%general things -% ;numvrb;vrblin400 -\def\beginscript{% - \lastscript\the\everyscript - \the\thisscript -\begingroup\pageno1 \null -\vskip3\bigskipamount -}%end \beginscript -\let\beginletter\beginscript -% -\def\endscript{\smallskip - \vfil\eject\endgroup - \tracingstats1 - \stop\thisscript{}} -\let\endletter\endscript -%;vrblin500 -%To be replaced by your salutation -\def\sincerely{{\bigskip - \parindent\longindentation - Sincerely, - \medskip - \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}} -% -\def\dear{Dear \the\addresseename,\bigskip} -% -\def\ps{\bigskip\small\item{P.S.}} -\def\cc{\bigskip\small\item{cc.}} -\def\appendix#1{\newpage\tenpoint - \centerline{\bf\the\appendixname\ #1} - \bigskip}%;nonum -\def\enclosures{\bigskip\small} -% -%Defaults, Initializations \letter -% ;numvrb;vrblin900 -%\loadntglogo -\onecol%Because in blue.tex - %\twocol default -\addressesfile{address} -\searchfile{address} -\letterfile{letter} -\def\email#1{}\def\phone#1{}\def\fax#1{} -%Separation headline and rest -\vsize13cm%First page -\hsize13cm\pagewd\hsize -\hoffset1cm -\parindent0pt -\generalindent2pc -\interlinepenalty1000 -\longindentation.667\hsize -\storedvsize\vsize -\storedheadline\headline -\storedfootline\footline -\raggedbottom -\def\english{ - \def\To{To} - \def\Yourref{Your ref} - \def\Ourref{Our ref} - \def\Subject{Subject}} -\def\nederlands{ - \def\today{\ifcase \month \or Januari\or Februari\or - Maart\or April\or Mei\or - Juni\or Juli\or Augustus\or September\or October\or - November\or December\fi { }{\ea - \oldstyle \number \day }, {\ea \oldstyle \number \year }} - \def\To{Aan} - \def\dear{Beste} - \def\Yourref{Uw ref} - \def\Ourref{Onze ref} - \def\Subject{Subject} - \def\sincerely{{\bigskip - \parindent\longindentation - Hoogachtend, - \medskip - \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}} -} -\english -\endinput %;nonum -% -%Contents -%Address -% \beginaddresses...........9-19 -% \endaddresses...............21 -% \addresses...............23-24 -% \addressee...............26-27 -%lower level -% \splitaddress............51-54 -%Letter -% \letterto..............101-107 -% \lettertoall...........109-110 -% \makesearchletters.....112-115 -%lower level -% \processletter.........151-158 -% \makelistaddresseetags.176-183 -%Header and footer -% \headline..............201-214 -% \footline..............216-224 -%lower level -% \addresseewindow.......251-266 -%Labels -% \makelabels............301-304 -% \makealllabels.........306-309 -% \makesearchlabels......311-313 -%lower level -% \processlabel..........351-360 -%Composition -% \beginscript...........401-406 -% (\beginletter).............407 -% \endscript.............409-412 -% (\endletter)...............413 -% \sincerely.............502-506 -% \dear......................508 -% \ps........................510 -% \cc........................511 -% \appendix..............512-514 -% \enclosures -% \nederlands -% \english -%Defaults.................901-9xx -%History of changes. -%May 96 \nederlands (\endlish) added -%Aug 95 Extended by \makesearchletters -%Jan 95 Creation. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%;numvrb -\tool\reportfmt -%Report format Jan 95 ;numvrb -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -\message{ ---Report format, - Jan 95, cgl--- } -\let\chapterfont\Large -\font\subtitlefont=cmr12 scaled\magstep2 -% -\immediate\openout\ans=answers -\immediate\openout\toe=examples -\immediate\openout\toc=contents -%;vrblin100 -%Chapter title matters -\prechapterhead{\newpage\null - \vskip4pc\bgroup\catcode`\^=7 - \the\everychapterhead - \the\thischapterhead - \global\advance\chaptercnt1 -% \xdef\chapno{\the\chaptercnt}% -} -%;vrblin110 -\postchapterhead{\egroup - \headcnt0 \exercisecnt0 \examplecnt0 - \immediate\write\toc{\nx\separator{\alfanum - \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}} - %suppress headline first page chapter - \global\headline{\global\headline - {\hbox to\pagewd - {\sl\the\chaptertitle\hfill - \the\title}}}% - \footline{\hbox to\pagewd{\small - \rlap{Draft \today}\hfill\dash - {\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}\dash - \hfill\llap{\copyright - \the\crowner}}}% -%Example is redefined here such that on -%first use if ever in the chapter, it -%redefines itself as the regular macro, -%while writing the chapter title to the -%table-of-examples, ToE, file. -%In this way titles of chapters without -%examples are suppressed in the ToE. - \def\example{\immediate\write\toe{\nx - \separator{\alfanum - \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}} - \let\example\regularexample\example} -%To get the title of ToC Appendix also in -%the ToC the \immediate is needed - \thischapterhead{}\vskip3pc} -% -\def\beginchapterhead{\the\prechapterhead - \storechaptertitle} -% -\def\storechaptertitle#1\endchapterhead{% - \global\chaptertitle{#1}\endchapterhead} -% -\def\endchapterhead{\centerline{\chapterfont - \the\chapternumbering\the\chaptertitle} - \the\postchapterhead\ignorewhitespace} -% -\def\chapterhead{\bgroup - \def\storechaptertitle##1{\egroup - \global\chaptertitle{##1}% - \endchapterhead} - \beginchapterhead} -% -\def\setupappendices{\thischapterhead= - {\chaptercnt64 \gdef\alfanum{\char}% - \global\chapternumbering - {\alfanum\the\chaptercnt: }}} -% -\def\pasteupanswers -{\chapterhead{Answers to the Exercises} - \immediate\closeout\ans - {\ninepoint\parindent2pc - \input answers\relax}} -% -\def\pasteuptoe{% - \chapterhead{List of Examples} -\immediate\closeout\toe %Table Of Examples -{\ninepoint\def\exampleno##1.##2: {\noindent - \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}.% - {\oldstyle##2}\hss}}% - \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent - \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}} - \parindent0pt\obeylines\sl - \input examples\relax}} -% -\def\pasteuptoc{% - \chapterhead{Table of \the\contentsname} -\immediate\closeout\toc%Table Of Contents -{\ninepoint\def\contentsno##1.##2: - {\noindent\hbox to\generalindent - {{\oldstyle##1}.{\oldstyle##2}\hss}} - \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent - \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}} - \def\she{\noindent\hbox - to1.5\generalindent{\hss}} - \def\sshe{\noindent\hbox - to2\generalindent{\hss}} - \parindent0pc\obeylines\sl - \input contents\relax}} -% -\preindex{\chapterhead{\the\indexname}} -% -\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill - \hbox to\generalindent{\hfil\oldstyle#1}} -% -%;vrblin250 -%Invariant for value \parindent -\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup - \parindent\generalindent - \narrower\smallbreak\noindent} -%;vrblin300 -%Header matters -\def\beginhead{\the\prehead - \global\advance\headcnt1 - \storeheadtitle} -% -\def\storeheadtitle#1\endhead{% - \global\headtitle{#1}\endhead} -% -\def\endhead{\centerline{\headfont - \the\headtitle}\the\posthead} -% -\def\head{\bgroup - \def\storeheadtitle##1{\egroup - \global\headtitle{##1}\endhead} - \beginhead} -% -\posthead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{% - \write\toc{\contentsno - \nx\alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\headcnt: - \the\headtitle\nx\nx\nx - \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number - \pageno}}}\writetoc - \nobreak\medskip\noindent - \ignorewhitespace} -%;vrblin350 -\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead - \the\thissubhead - \storesubheadtitle} -% -\def\storesubheadtitle#1\endsubhead{% - \global\subheadtitle{#1}\endsubhead} -% -\def\endsubhead{{\subheadfont - \the\subheadtitle}\the\postsubhead} -% -\def\subhead{\bgroup - \def\storesubheadtitle##1{\egroup - \global\subheadtitle{##1}\endsubhead} - \beginsubhead} -% -\postsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{% - \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\she - \the\subheadtitle\nx\nx\nx - \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number - \pageno}}}\writetoc - \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace} -%;vrblin400 -\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead - \the\thissubsubhead - \storesubsubheadtitle} -% -\def\storesubsubheadtitle#1% - \endsubsubhead{\global - \subsubheadtitle{#1}\endsubsubhead} -% -\def\endsubsubhead{{\subsubheadfont - \the\subsubheadtitle}\the\postsubsubhead} -% -\def\subsubhead{\bgroup - \def\storesubsubheadtitle##1{% - \egroup\global - \subsubheadtitle{##1}% - \endsubsubhead} - \beginsubsubhead} -% -\postsubsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{% - \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\sshe - \the\subsubheadtitle\nx\nx\nx - \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number - \pageno}}}\writetoc - \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace} -% -%Inner markup;vrblin500 -%;vrblin525 -\def\beginexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex - \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex - \medskip - \global\advance\examplecnt1 - \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyexample - \the\thisexample\storeexampletitle} -% -\def\storeexampletitle#1\endexample{% - \global\exampletitle{#1}\endexample} -% -\def\endexample{% - \xdef\writeexa{\write\toe{\exampleno - \alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\examplecnt: - \the\exampletitle - \nx\nx\nx\pagenorepresentation - {\the\count0}}}\writeexa - {\the\examplename} {\sl(\the\exampletitle)} - \egroup - \nobreak\endgraf\noindent\ignorewhitespace} -% -\def\example{\bgroup - \def\storeexampletitle##1{\egroup - \global\exampletitle{##1}\endexample} - \beginexample} -% -%;vrblin550 -%Mod item macros, to prevent hanging out -%with \parindent=0pt -\def\hang{\hangindent\generalindent} -% -\def\itemitem{\endgraf\leavevmode - \hskip\generalindent - \hangindent2\generalindent\textindent} -% -\def\textindent#1{\leavevmode - \hskip\generalindent - \llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces} -%;vrblin575 -\def\exercise{\medbreak - \global\advance\exercisecnt1 - \hangindent\generalindent - \noindent\hbox to\generalindent{% - {\oldstyle\the\chaptercnt}.{\oldstyle - \the\exercisecnt}\hfil}} -% -\def\answer{\endgraf\medbreak - \immediate\write\ans{} - \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno - \the\chaptercnt.\the\exercisecnt:}% - \copytoblankline} -% -\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent - \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle#1}% - .{\oldstyle#2}\hss}\hangindent - \generalindent\ignorespaces} -%;vrblin700 -%Preliminary pages matters -%Markup preliminary pages via \beginscript -\def\beginscript{\lastscript -\the\everyscript\begingroup -\the\thisscript -\pageno-1 \headline{}\footline{} -\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Cover}}\fi -\kern7\bigskipamount -\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title} -\bigskip\if!\the\subtitle!\else -\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash - \the\subtitle\Dash}\fi -\vskip\bigskipamount -\centerline{by} -\vskip\bigskipamount -\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author} -\vfill -\ifx\coverpic\undefined -\else$$\coverpic$$ -\fi -\vfill -\if!\the\translator! -\else\rightline{\subtitlefont - Translated by \the\translator} -\fi - \newpage -\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Inside - Cover}}\fi -% -\kern3\bigskipamount -\pasteupkeywords -\smallskip -\the\bibliographydata -\vfill\vfill -\pasteupacknowledgements -% - \newpage -\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Title - Page}}\fi -\kern7\bigskipamount -\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title} -\bigskip -\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash - \the\subtitle\Dash} -\vskip\bigskipamount -\centerline{by} -\vskip\bigskipamount -\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author} -\vfill\pasteupabstract\vfill\vfill -% -\ifvoid\forewordtranslatorbox -\else \newpage - \ifproof\rightline{\rlap - {\sl Foreword Translation}}\fi - \vfill - \unvbox\forewordtranslatorbox - \vfill - \rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Irina Gorbunova - %\the\translator - }\hbox{\the\author}}}\vfill -\fi -% -\ifvoid\prefacebox -\else \newpage - \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Preface - Page}}\fi - \vfill\pasteuppreface\vfill\vfill -\fi - \newpage -\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Contents - Page}}\fi -\vfill\pasteupcontents -\vfill\eject -%\immediate\openout\ans=answers -%\immediate\openout\toe=examples -%\immediate\openout\toc=contents -}%end \beginscript -% -%;vrblin800 -%Auxiliaries preliminary pages -\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox - \vbox\bgroup{\bf\the\keywordsname: }} -% -\preacknowledgements{\leftline{\bf - \the\acknowledgementsname}\medskip} -% -\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid - \acknowledgementsbox - \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox - \acknowledgementsbox\bigskip - \makesignature\fi} -% -\def\beginpreface{\setbox\prefacebox - \vbox\bgroup} -% -\def\endpreface{\egroup} -% -\def\preface#{\beginpreface\bgroup - \aftergroup\endpreface - \afterassignment\ignorespaces - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\pasteuppreface{\centerline{\chapterfont - \the\prefacename}\bigskip\unvbox\prefacebox} -% -\def\beginforewordtranslator{\setbox - \forewordtranslatorbox= - \vbox\bgroup\begincenter} -% -\def\endforewordtranslator{\endcenter\egroup} -% -\def\forewordtranslator#{\beginforewordtranslator - \bgroup - \aftergroup\endforewordtranslator - \let\dummy=} -% -\def\pasteupforewordtranslator{\unvbox - \forewordtranslatorbox\relax} -% -\def\begincontents{% - \setbox\contentsbox\vbox\bgroup - \def\separator{\vbox to.5ex{}} - \def\newcol{\cr} - \ea\def\csname par\endcsname{&}\obeylines - \valign\bgroup&\noindent\strut - \hsize=7cm##\cr} -% -\def\endcontents{\cr\egroup\egroup} -% -\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox} -% -%;vrblin900 -\def\endscript{\xcol=\maxcols - \vfill\eject\endgroup\backcover - \tracingstats=1 \stop\thisscript{}} -% -\def\pwtbackcover{\headline{}\footline{}% -\begingroup%inside back cover. -\hsize=12cm \hoffset2cm -\ifproof\hbox to13cm{\hss\rlap{\sl - Inside Back}}%14cm is regular page - %width of PWT -\fi -\vfill -\loadntginfo \ntginfo -\vfill -%Irina, you can include here another half -%page about CyrTUG. -%It should be possible to have both -%info parts on one page. -%Adapt eventually the \hsize. -%---Kees--- -\eject\endgroup - \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Back - Cover}}\fi - \vskip.75\vsize - \pictures{\cglpic} - $$\cglpic\vbox{% - \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss} - \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}$$ -}%end \pwtbackcover -%;vrblin1000 -%Defaults -\def\onecol{\maxcols=1 - \hsize=14cm%MOD - \pagewd=\hsize - \colwd=\hsize - \vsize=25cm - \xcol=1 -\hyphenchar\tentt='055 -\hyphenchar\ninett='055 -\hyphenchar\eighttt='055 -\tolerance500 -\hbadness=499 -\hfuzz=7pt -} -\onecol -\tolerance500\hbadness=499\vbadness=500 -\everychapterhead={\catcode`\^=7 } -\everyhead\everychapterhead -\everysubhead\everychapterhead -\everysubsubhead\everychapterhead -\hoffset1cm -\generalindent2pc -\parindent0pt -\subsubheadindent0pt -\parskip\smallskipamount -\chapternumbering{} -\let\regularexample\example -\let\exampleno\relax -\let\contentsno\relax -%\let\coverpic\relax -\let\backcover\relax -\everyverbatim{\emc} -\gutter1em -\def\alfanum{\number} -\prefacename{Preface} -\postfil{\hss} -\def\she{\hskip5em} -\def\sshe{\hskip6em} -\endinput %;nonum -%Table of Contents report format -%Token vars (declared in blue.tex) -% \prefacename -% \bibliographydata -% \chaptertitle -% \prechapterhead -% \postchapterhead -% \headtitle -% \subheadtitle -% \subsubheadtitle -% \prepoint -% \prefil -% \postfil -%Box vars (declared in blue.tex) -% \prefacebox -% \contentsbox -%New dimens (declared in blue.tex) -% \generalindent -% \gutter -% \xshift -% \yshift -% \subsubheadindent -%New counts (declared in blue.tex) -% \headcnt -% \chaptercnt -% \examplecnt -% \exercisecnt -%New writes (declared in blue.tex) -% (opened in \beginscript) -% \toc -% \toe -%Fonts -% \chapterfont\Large.........4 -% \subtitlefont..............5 -%Chapter title matters -% \chapno (manmac) -% \prechapterhead.......102-109 -% \postchapterhead......111-138 -% \beginchapterhead.....140-141 -% \storechaptertitle....143-144 -% \endchapterhead.......146-148 -% \chapterhead..........150-154 -% \setupappendices......156-159 -% \pasteupanswers.......161-165 -% \pasteuptoe...........167-176 -% \pasteuptoc...........178-191 -% \pagenorepresentation.193-194 -%Summary -% \beginsummary (blue.tex) -% \endsummary (blue.tex) -% \summary (blue.tex) -% \beginquote...........252-254 -% \endquote (blue.tex) -%Header matters -%Head -% \beginhead............302-304 -% \storeheadtitle.......306-307 -% \endhead..............309-310 -% \head.................312-315 -% \posthead.............317-324 -%Subhead -% \beginsubhead.........351-353 -% \storesubheadtitle....355-356 -% \endsubhead...........358-359 -% \subhead..............361-364 -% \postsubhead..........366-371 -%Subsubhead -% \beginsubsubhead......401-403 -% \storesubsubheadtitle.405-407 -% \endsubsubhead........409-410 -% \subsubhead...........412-417 -% \postsubsubhead.......419-424 -%Inner markup -% \begindemo (blue.tex) -% <escape char>yields(blue.tex) -% \enddemo (blue.tex) -% \beginexample.........526-531 -% \storeexampletitle....533-534 -% \endexample...........536-544 -% \example..............546-549 -% \hang.....................553 -% \itemitem.............555-557 -% \textindent...........559-561 -% \exercise.............576-581 -% \answer...............583-587 -% \ansno................589-592 -%Generalized \samplebox -% \point (blue.tex) -% \gbox (blue.tex) -%Centering verbatims -% \boxlines (blue.tex) -% \begincenterverbatim(blue.tex) -% \endcenterverbatim (blue.tex) -%Preliminary pages matter -% \def\beginscript......703-772 -%Closing pages matter -% \endscript............901-903 -% \pwtbackcover.........905-929 -%Auxiliaries -% \beginkeywords........802-803 -% \preacknowledgements..805-806 -% \pasteupacknowledgements808/812 -% \beginpreface.........814-815 -% \endpreface...............817 -% \preface..............819-822 -% \pasteuppreface.......824-825 -% \beginforewordtranslator827/9 -% \endforewordtranslator....831 -% \forewordtranslator...833-836 -% \pasteupforewordtranslator838/9 -% \begincontents........841-847 -% \endcontents..............849 -% \pasteupcontents..........851 -% NTG info (tools.dat) -%Defaults...............1000-10xx -% (\she....................1037 -% \sshe...................1038) -%end Table of Contents -% -%History of changes -%July 95 \immediate\openout\toc=contents -% etc. included in \beginscript -%Jan 95 Creation -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs% -%trs.tex from BLUe's Transparencies -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Purpose: Preparing transparencies from -% TeX marked up copy. -% ;numvrb -\tool\transparenciesfmt -\message{ ---Transparencies format, Jan 95, - revision March 1996, cgl--- } -\catcode`\@=11 -\font\titlefont =cmr12 - scaled\magstep4\relax -\font\subheadfont =cmr12 - scaled\magstep3\relax -%\font\subsubheadfont=cmr12 -% scaled\magstep2\relax -\font\headlinefont =cmr12 - scaled\magstep1\relax -\let\headfont\titlefont -\font\ffont=cmr7\relax -\let\authorfont\titlefont -\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont -% -%Rest all in blue.tex -%\font\largerm=cmr12 -% scaled\magstep2 -%etc -%\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}% -%etc. -%} -\let\small\tenpoint -% -%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200 -\def\begincontents{\global\setbox - \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup - \leftskip1.5\leftskiptrs - \large\baselineskip3.5ex - \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace} - \obeylines} -% -\def\endcontents{\egroup} -%;vrblin250 -\def\beginscript{\lastscript - \the\everyscript\the\thisscript - \pictures\cglpic - \begincenter - \footline={}\headline={} -\message{\the\title} - {\titlefont\the\title} - \medskip - {\Dash\the\subtitle\Dash} - \bigskip - {\authorfont\the\author} - \medskip\hfil\the\address - \bigskip$$\box\contentsbox$$} -% -\def\endscript{\endcenter\vfill -\rightline{\small\cglpic\vbox{% - \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss} - \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}} -}\vfill\eject\stop -\gdef\bluehead##1\par{\head{##1}} -\gdef\bluesubhead##1\par{\subhead{##1}} -\gdef\bluesubsubhead##1\par{\subsubhead{##1}} -} -% -%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300 -\prehead{\nxttrs\headline\regularheadline - \footline\regularfootline\pageno1 - \prehead{\nxttrs}} -% -\posthead{\medskip} -% -\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead - \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}% - \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}% - \the\posthead} -% -\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead} -% ;vrblin350 -\presubhead{\medbreak} -% -\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak} -% -\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{% - \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}% - \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}% - \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}} -% -\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead} -% ;vrblin400 -\presubsubhead{\smallbreak} -% -\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak} -% -\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{% - \subsubheadtitle{#1} - \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1} - \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}} -%added March 1996 -\def\subsubhead#1{% - \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead} -% -{\obeylines\gdef\bluehead#1 - {\head{#1}}% -\gdef\bluesubhead#1 - {\subhead{#1}}% -\gdef\bluesubsubhead#1 - {\subsubhead{#1}}} -%;vrblin450 -\preverbatim{\leftskip\leftskiptrs - \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax} -%;vrblin500 -\def\bitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs - \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax - \def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}\strut} - \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup - \smallbreak} - \let\smallskip\smallbreak - \bitem} -%enumerate item -\def\eitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs - \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax - \def\eitem##1{\item{##1}\strut} - \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup - \smallbreak} - \let\smallskip\smallbreak - \eitem} -%;vrblin550 -\let\bgnsyn\beginsyntax -\def\beginsyntax{\bgroup - \leftskip\leftskiptrs - \rightskip0pt plus 1fil\relax\bgnsyn} -% -\let\endsyn\endsyntax -% -\def\endsyntax{\endsyn\egroup} -% -%Header and footer ;vrblin600 -\regularheadline={\line{\vbox to0pt{\vss - \centerline{\titlefont - \strut\the\title} - \vskip2ex - \line{\logo\hfill\vbox{% - \llap{\strut\the\headtitle} - \llap{\strut\the\subheadtitle} - \llap{\strut\the\subsubheadtitle}}} - \vskip1ex - \hrule width\hsize height1pt - }}%end hbox -}%end headline -% ;vrblin650 -\regularfootline={\vbox to 0pt{% -\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\relax - \hrule width\hsize height1pt - \vskip.5ex - \line{\small - \rlap{\the\identification}% - \hfil--{\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}--\hfil - \llap{\copyright\the\crowner}% - }\vss}%end vbox -}%end footline -% -%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700 -\def\nxttrs{\vfill\eject} -\def\continue{\vfill - \rightline{\dots continued}\eject} -%Defaults;vrblin900 -\identification{\today} -%\let\small\tenpoint -\def\begincenter{\leftskip0pt plus1fill -\rightskip0pt plus 1fill\parfillskip0pt -\obeylines} \def\endcenter{} -% -\onecol -\hsize=17.5cm \vsize=20cm -\voffset3.5cm%\hoffset-1truecm -\pagewd=\hsize -\pagenumber{\folio} -\leftskiptrs.2\hsize\relax -\rightskiptrs.1\hsize\relax -\overfullrule0pt\parindent0pt -\large -\loadntglogo -\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox} -\catcode`\@=11 -\endinput %;nonum -%Contents transparencies format -%Fonts -% \titlefont...................5-6 -% \subheadfont.................7-8 -% \subsubheadfont.............9-10 -% \headlinefont..............11-12 -% \authorfont...................15 -% \largerm..............(blue.tex) -% \largeit..............(blue.tex) -% \largesl..............(blue.tex) -% \largesy..............(blue.tex) -% \largeex..............(blue.tex) -% \largebf..............(blue.tex) -% \largett..............(blue.tex) -% \large................(blue.tex) -% \largebig.............(blue.tex) -% \small.......................124 -%Newtoks -% \identification.......(blue.tex) -% \crowner..............(blue.tex) -% \headtitle............(blue.tex) -% \subheadtitle.........(blue.tex) -% \subsubheadtitle......(blue.tex) -%Newskips -% \leftskiptrs, \rightskiptrs..908/9 -%Page size -% \hsize, \vsize...............903 -% offsets......................904 -% \pagewd......................905 -%Markup title -% \begincontents...........201-206 -% \endcontents.................208 -% \beginscript.............251-263 -% \endscript...................265 -%Markup regular transparencies -% \prehead.................301-302 -% \beginhead\endhead.......306-309 -% \head........................311 -% \posthead....................304 -% \presubhead..................351 -% \beginsubhead\endsubhead.355-358 -% \subhead.....................360 -% \postsubhead.................353 -% \presubsubhead...............401 -% \beginsubsubhead -% \endsubsubhead......405-408 -% \subsubhead..............410-411 -% \postsubsubhead..............403 -% \bluehead -% \bluesubhead -% \bluesubsubhead -% \preverbatim.............451-452 -% \bitem...................501-507 -% \beginsyntax.............552-554 -% \endsyntax...................558 -%Header and footer -% \headline................601-615 -% \footline................651-660 -% \identification..............901 -%Auxiliaries -% \nxttrs......................701 -% \continue................702-703 -% \begincenter (blue.tex) -% \endcenter...(blue.tex) -% \center......(blue.tex) -%Personalisation (blue.tex) -%Defaults -% \logo........................913 -% \pagenumber..................906 -% \onecol......................907 -% \hsize,\vsize................903 -% \leftskiptrs.................908 -% \rightskiptrs................909 -% \large.......................911 -%History of changes -%March 1996 \bluehad etc. added -%Jan 1995 As format with blue.tex -%Aug 1994 Centering markup automated -%Jul 1994 \contentsbox is used -% \pagenumber introduced -%Jun 1994 More consistent with -% blue.tex. -% \small is \eightpoint. -% \begincontents...\endcontents -%Feb 1994 Release Version 1.0 -%Example of use -%\bluetitle Manmac BLUes -% -%\bluesubtitle how to typeset a book via \TeX -% -%\contents{ -%User's guide -%Coding -%} -% -%\beginscript -%\bluehead Why? -% -%To return to the roots... - -%\bluehead User's Guide -% -%Relative numbering -%\pagenumber{U\folio}\pageno=1 -%... -%\nxttrs %Next transparency -%\bluesubsubhead Markup paragraphs -% -%... -%\continue%Continuation on next slide -%... -%\bluehead Conclusions -% -%\pagenumber{--x--} -%\bitem... -%\bitem -%\smallbreak -%\vfil -%\rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Thank you} -% \hbox{\cs{bye}}}} -%\endscript -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%!cgl -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs% -%Preprint for BLUe's Transparencies -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Purpose: Printing transparencies from -% TeX marked up copy in A6, -% 4 on each page. -% ;numvrb -\tool\transparenciespptfmt -\message{ ---Transparencies A6 proof format, May 95, - cgl--- } -\hfuzz=25pt \vfuzz=25pt -\font\titlefont=cmbx10 -\font\headfont=cmr10 -\let\subheadfont\headfont -\let\headlinefont\titlefont -\font\ffont=cmr5 -\let\authorfont\headfont -\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont -% -%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200 -\def\begincontents{\setbox - \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip3ex\null\vfil - \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace} - \obeylines\parindent1em} -% -\def\endcontents{\egroup} -%;vrblin250 -\def\beginscript{\lastscript - \the\everyscript\the\thisscript - \leavevmode\noindent - \setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize - \bgroup\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em - \null\vfil - \titlefont\the\title - \smallskip\subtitlefont - \Dash\the\subtitle\Dash - \medskip\let\\\par - \authorfont\the\author - \smallskip\the\address - \medskip$$\box\contentsbox$$} -% -\def\endscript{\vss -\rightline{\small\cglpic\qquad} -\vss -\line{\strut\hss--\the\trsno--\hss}\egroup -\boxit{\box\trsppt}\endgraf -\vfill\eject\stop} -% -\def\nxttrs{\vfil\kern3ex -\ifnum\trsno>0 \line{\strut\hss - --\the\trsno--\hss}\fi -\egroup -\boxit{\box\trsppt}\advance\trsno1 -\ifodd\trsno\kern3ex\else - \hfil\break\vfil\noindent\fi -\setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize\bgroup -\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em\null\par\noindent} -% -%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300 -\prehead{\nxttrs\trsno1 \medskip\noindent\hfil - \global\prehead{\nxttrs\medskip\noindent\hfil}} -% -\posthead{\medskip\noindent} -% -\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead - \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}% - \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}% - \the\posthead} -% -\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead} -% ;vrblin350 -\presubhead{\medbreak\noindent\hfil} -% -\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak} -% -\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{% - \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}% - \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}% - \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}} -% -\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead} -% ;vrblin400 -\presubsubhead{\smallbreak\noident\hfil} -% -\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak} -% -\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{% - \subsubheadtitle{#1} - \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1} - \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}} -% -\def\subsubhead#1{% - \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead} -%;vrblin450 -\preverbatim{} -%;vrblin550 -% -%Header and footer ;vrblin600 -\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\titlefont - \hss\the\title\hss} -}%end headline -% ;vrblin650 -\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{% - \rlap{\fiverm\strut\the\identification}\hss - \llap{\fiverm\copyright\the\crowner}}% -}%end footline -% -%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700 -\catcode`\@=11 -\def\fivepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\fiverm}% - \textfont0=\fiverm \scriptfont0=\fiverm - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm - \textfont1=\fivei \scriptfont1=\fivei - \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\fivesy \scriptfont2=\fivesy - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy - \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \def\it{\fam\itfam\fivei}\def\oldstyle - {\fam1 \fivei}\textfont\itfam=\fivei - \def\sl{\fam\slfam\fivei}% - \textfont\slfam=\fivei - \def\bf{\fam\bffam\fivebf}% - \textfont\bffam=\fivebf - \scriptfont\bffam=\fivebf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf - \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\fiverm}% - \textfont\ttfam=\fiverm - \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em - \normalbaselineskip=7pt plus1pt minus1pt - \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}% - \let\sc=\fivexrm - \let\big=\fivebig - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt - depth2pt width\z@}% - \normalbaselines\rm} - \def\fivebig#1{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to4.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}} -\catcode`\@=12 -% -\def\continue{\vss - \rightline{\dots continued}\nxttrs} -%Defaults;vrblin900 -\identification{\today} -\onecol -\hsize=18.5cm \vsize=25cm -\pagewd=\hsize -%\pagenumber{\folio} -\let\small\fivepoint -\overfullrule0pt -\parindent0pt -\obeylines -\endinput diff --git a/macros/blu/lit.dat b/macros/blu/lit.dat deleted file mode 100644 index 4381b28d42..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/lit.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2375 +0,0 @@ -%Database of EP related literature, to be processed by blue.fmt. -%Version Aug 1994 -%Files: lit.dat (data this file) -%C.G. van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands -% 05941-1525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Note: Don't include blank lines! (TeX ends paragraphs then and will -% disturb your typeset list of references.) -% Don't use \verb|...| or so for verbatims (catcodes are fixed once read) -%Auxiliary macros -%\def\thepage{\folio} %Necessary when with tugboat.sty -%\def\tubissue#1(#2){\TUB~#1, no.~#2}%To be independent from tugboat.sty c.q. - % ltugboat.sty. -%Conventions entries -%\def\<name> %Key for database, add a, b, ... -% {<family name> <initials> (<year>): %All with minimal interpunction -% <title> %No discrimination -% <source> %ISBN for books in here, pages as range -% \annotation{<Comments, annotations.>}% <numbers>\dash<numbers> -%}%end entry -% -%Data -\lst\aap - {Association of American Publishers (1989): - Markup of Tabular Material. - Version 2.0 AAP Inc. -} -\lst\aapstd - {Association of American Publishers (1987): - Standard for electronic manuscript preparation and markup. - AAP inc. - \annotation{Association of American Publishers, - 2005 Massachusetts Avenue, NW. Washington, DC 20036, - Phone: (202) 232-3335.} -} -\lst\aapaut - {Association of American Publishers (1989): - Author's guide to electronic manuscript preparation and - markup. - AAP inc. (2$^{nd}$ version.) -} -\lst\aapref - {Association of American Publishers (1989): - Reference manual on electronic manuscript preparation and markup. - AAP inc. - (2$^{nd}$ version.) ISBN 1-55653-084-6. -} -\lst\aaptab - {Association of American Publishers (1989): - Markup of tabular material. - AAP Inc. ISBN 1-55653-085-4. - (2$^{nd}$ version.). -} -\lst\aapmat - {Association of American Publishers (1989): Markup of - Mathematical Formulas. - AAP Inc. EPSIG. - (2$^{nd}$ version.) -} -\lst\abrahamspw - {Abrahams P.W (1990): \TeX\ for the impatient. - Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\adobeb - {Adobe (1985): - PostScript Language Reference Manual. - Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-10174-2. -} -\lst\adobeA - {Adobe Magazine (1995): - The Technology of type. - Adobe Magazine, 2, 16\dash19. - (A nice survey of the outline fonts in relation to truetype.) -} -\lst\ahoav - {Aho A.V, R. Sethi (1988): - Maintaining Cross-references in Manuscripts. - Softw.Pract.exp., 18, 1, 1\dash14. -} -\lst\alexanderjc - {Alexander J.C (1986): - Tib, a reference setting package. - \tubissue{ 7}(3), 138\dash139. - \annotation{An update note is in \tubissue{8}(2), 102. - A C program inspired upon troff's refer (and its successor bib). - It is a preprocessor tailored for use with (All)\TeX. - It allows for a few citation styles, and a publisher can extend these. - It provides also for a powerful word-definition citation search. - Flexible in general. - Tagging of the entries a la refer has to be obeyed. - From the UKTuG meeting of 1990 the following characteristics. - It consists of: - tibdex, a hashing program to speed up access to - large collections of citations, by creating an index to the bibliography; - tiblist, to format and print the database; - looktib, a program to query the database; - tib, main program goes through the source document and looks for - keywords between [ and ]. - Advantages: 1-pass, pattern-matching citation no need to invent unique - key, compatible with UNIX refer databases, - good toolbox of style elements, single index - of bibliographies, formatting more-closely related to \TeX. - Disadvantages: pre-processor system, possible wrong matches, possible errors - in repeated citations, non-algorithmic style language, left up to Tib - to work out citation type, lack of extensibility in field, - not very robust (crashes).} -} -%\lst\amsa {AMS (1989): AMS-\LaTeX. AMS.} -\lst\amsb - {AMS (1991): - A look inside the AMS. - \annotation{A nice brochure of what AMS is all about.} -} -\lst\amsc - {AMS (1991): - Think about publishing with the AMS. - \annotation{Another nice brochure about the merits of - publishing with AMS: effective marketing, extensive promotion, world-wide - distribution, better sales, longer life of book, royalties, support - worthwhile noncommercial activities for the benefit of the scientific - community at large, for example the \TeX\ project.} -} -\lst\amsd - {AMS (1993): - \AmSTeX\ User's Guide 2.1. -} -\lst\amse - {AMS (1993): - \AmSTeX\ Installation Guide 2.1. -} -\lst\amsf - {AMS (1993): - \AmS-\LaTeX\ User's Guide 1.1. -} -\lst\amsg - {AMS (1993): - \AmS-\LaTeX\ Installation Guide 1.1. -} -\lst\amsh - {AMS (1993): - AMSfonts. User's Guide 2.1. -} -\lst\amsi - {AMS (1993): - AMSfonts. Installation Guide 2.1. -} -\lst\amsj - {AMS (1993): - Guidelines for preparing electronic manuscripts. - \AmSTeX\ (booklet, 52p), and the mirrored one - \AmS-\LaTeX\ (booklet, 58p). - \annotation{The first is very well-done. - I have not seen a guideline of similar quality of yet! - Simply the best available. Much experience is embodied to learn from. - The second is verbose, incomplete, and deals at length with issues - an author should not be bothered with.} -} -\lst\amsteljja - {Amstel J.J van, J Bomhoff, G.J Schoenmakers (1978): - Inleiding tot het programmeren 1. - Academic Service. -} -\lst\appeltwa - {Appelt W (1987): - Macros with keyword parameters. - \tubissue{8}(2), 284\dash287. -} -\lst\appeltwb - {Appelt W (1988): - Typesetting Chess. - \tubissue{9}(3), 284\dash287. -} -\lst\appeltwc - {Appelt W (1988): - \TeX\ f\"ur Fort\-geschrit\-tene\-\Dash - Pro\-gram\-mier\-tech\-ni\-ken und Makro\-pa\-kette. - Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\appeltwd - {Appelt W (1988): - Introduction to \TeX. Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\aps - {APS (1992): - The REV\TeX{} input guide. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\arsenaud - {Arsenau D (1992): - overcite.sty, drftcite.sty, citesty. - (From the file server. - No longer needed when BLUe's Bib, especially as part of blue.fmt, - is used.) -} -\lst\arsenaudb - {Arsenau D (1993): - Typesetting paragraphs of a specified shape. - MAPS 93.2, 191\dash193. -} -\lst\asher - {Asher (1992): - Inside Type \& Set. - \tubissue{13}(1), 13--22. -} -\lst\aurbachrl - {Aurbach R.L (1987): - Automatic Index Generation for \LaTeX. - \tubissue{8}(2), 201\dash209. - \annotation{The IdxTeX program provides the external processing - and generates a file of \LaTeX{} source which may be included - in a document to produce the desired index.} -} -\lst\batageljv - {Batagelj V (1994): - Combining \TeX{} and PostScript. - Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 83\dash90. -} -\lst\barlettfh - {Barlett F.H (1991): - Contra-\LaTeX, or what really works in the publishing world. - TUG '91. \tubissue12(3), 367\dash371. -} -\lst\barrond - {Barron D (1989): Why use SGML? - Electronic publishing, 2,1, 3--24. -} -\lst\bechtolsheimsa - {Bechtolsheim S. von (1988): - Tutorial on \cs{futurelet}. - \tubissue{9}(3), 276\dash278. -} -\lst\bechtolsheimsaa - {Bechtolsheim S von (1988): - Using the emacs editor to savely edit \TeX\ sources. - \TeX niques 7, 195\dash202. -} -\lst\bechtolsheims - {Bechtolsheim S von (1989): - \cs{csname} and \cs{string}. - \tubissue{10}(2), 203\dash206. - \annotation{Apart from the basics, SvB discusses the convenient - (read non-double) loading of macro files, and - the cross-referencing. Common to both applications is the use - of \cs{csname} and \cs{string}. No nesting of \cs{csname}, - and no mentioning of associating \cs{csname} with arrays.} -} -\lst\bechtolsheimsb - {Bechtolsheim S von (1993): - \TeX\ in Practice. - 1.~Basics - 2.~Paragraphs, Math and Fonts - 3.~Tokens, Macros - 4.~Output Routines, Tables - Springer-Verlag. -} -\lst\beebenhfa - {Beebe N.H.F (1988): - A \TeX\ driver family. - \TeX niques 5, 71\dash113. -} -\lst\beebenhfb - {Beebe N.H.F (1989): - \TeX\ and graphics: The state of the problem. - Cahiers GUTenberg, 2, 13\dash53. -} -\lst\beebenhfc - {Beebe N.H.F (1991): - The TUGlib server. - MAPS 91.2, 117\dash123. - (Also \TeX line 11.) -} -\lst\beebenhfd - {Beebe N.H.F (1992): - \LaTeX\ Editing Support. - MAPS 92.1, 91\dash114. -} -\lst\beebenhfe - {Beebe N.H.F (1993): - Bibliography prettyprinting and syntax checking. - \tubissue{14}(3/4), 222, respectively ?\dash?. -} -\lst\beetonbn - {Beeton B.N (editor, 1991): - TUG Resource Directory. - \annotation{It contains: TUG membership list, - \TeX\ User Associations, - Sources of \TeX\ software, - Output Device Drivers, - \TeX\ archives, - Electronic Discusion Lists, - \TeX\ bibliography.} -} -\lst\beetonbnb - {Beeton B.N (1990): - \TUB{} production: \TeX, \LaTeX, and paste-up. - SGML-\TeX{} meeting, Groningen. \annotation{Unpublished} -} -\lst\bell - {Bell System Technical Journal (1978): - UNIX Time Sharing System. - BTJ, Vol 57, 6, part 2. -} -\lst\bentleyjla - {Bentley J.L (1986): - Programming Pearls. - ISBN 0-201-10331-1. Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\bentleyjlb - {Bentley J.L (1988): - More programming Pearls---confessions of a coder. - ISBN 0-201-11889-0. Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\berryka - {Berry K (199?): - Expanded plain \TeX. - From the file server. - \annotation{A toolbox to cooperate with Any\TeX. It contains - a fancy cross-referencing scheme, and left justification - of math displays, among others. An announcement of - the availability of the toolbox\Dash and its contents\Dash - has appeared in \tubissue{11}(4), 571\dash572.} -} -\lst\bestr - {Best R (1993): - \TeX\ zonder omhaal; voor ATARI PC en andere PCs. - MAPS 93.1\&2, 57\dash68, resp.~111\dash114. - MAPS 94.1\&2, 31\dash34, 35\dash36, resp.~43\dash44. - (Also ATARI-ST Journal.) -} -\lst\bienzt - {Bienz T, R Cohn (1993): - Portable Document Format Reference Manual. - Adobe Systems Inc. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-62628-4. -} -\lst\bleekerj - {Bleeker J (1989): Electronische verzending, - bewerking en opslag van wetenschappelijke artikelen. - In: SGML de consequenties. - De eerste Nederlandse SGML conferentie. - SGML User's Group Holland. (Dutch) -} -\lst\bloemenpa - {Bloemen P (1993): - 4all\TeX: NTG's \TeX{} for MS-DOS. - MAPS 93.2, 141\dash154. - \annotation{The announcement of this working environment. For simple users only - 1 HD flop, and in its full glory over 30 HD floppies. Available - from NTG's shop. Shareware.} -} -\lst\bloemenpb - {Bloemen P (1993): - Shells for \TeX. - MAPS 93.2, 155\dash159. - (It discusses \TeX Shell and 4\TeX.) -} -\lst\bloemenpc - {Bloemen P (1994): - \PS{} fonts in \TeX. - MAPS 94.2, 139\dash148. -} -\lst\bodenheimerb - {Bodenheimer B (?): - Frequently asked questions. - comp.text.tex newsgroup. - (Adapted by Van Oostrum in MAPS 91.1, 85\dash92.). -} -\lst\boothv - {Booth V (1975): Writing a scientific paper. - The Biochemical Society, London. -} -\lst\borceuxf - {Borceux F (1990): De la construction de diagrammes. - Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 41\dash48. -} -\lst\botwaylc - {Botway L, C Biemesderfer (198?): - \LaTeX\ command summary. - \TeX niques 10. -} -\lst\braamsjl - {Braams J.L (1991): - Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use with \LaTeX's standard - document styles. - \tubissue{12}(2), 291\dash301. - (Pre-release MAPS 91.1; - updated \tubissue{14}(1), 60\dash61.) -} -\lst\braamsjla - {Braams J.L, V Eijkhout, N.A.F.M Poppelier (1990): - The development of national \LaTeX\ styles. - \tubissue{10}(3), 401--406. -} -\lst\braamsjlb - {Braams J.L (1991): - Babel, a multilingual style-option system - for use with \LaTeX's standard document styles. - \tubissue{12}(2), 291--301. - (Early version in MAPS 91.1.) -} -\lst\bridge - {BRIDGE. Monthly of the NBB (Dutch Bridge Union). -} -\lst\brueggemana - {Br\"uggemann-Klein A, D Wood (1989): - Drawing trees nicely with \TeX. - EP-ODD, 2, 2, 101\dash115. - (Also in \TeX\ Applications, Uses and Methods, Malcom Clark, editor.) -} -\lst\bruinr - {Bruin R de, C.G van der Laan, J.R Luyten, H.F Vogt (1988): - Publiceren met \LaTeX. - CWI Syllabus 19. - (See also Addendum `Publiceren met \LaTeX' in MAPS 92.1.) -} -\lst\bryanma - {Bryan M (1988): - SGML, an Author's Guide to the Standard - Generalized Markup Language. - Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\bryanm - {Bryan M (1993): - A \TeX{} user's guide to ISO's Documentstyle Semantics and Specification - Language (DSSSL). - Proceedings TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), ?\dash?. -} -\lst\buergerd - {B\"urger D (1990): - \LaTeX\ for scientists and engineers. MC Graw-Hill. -} -\lst\bzylw - {Bzyl W, T Przechlewski (1993): - An application of literate programming: creating a format for the Bulletin - of the Polish TUG. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 296\dash299. - \annotation{Very promising this using of the experience embodied in {\tt tugboat.sty} - via transformation into Web and modify this with GUST's mods via - change files. As a bonus there is an index. - Handy to locate commands, but it won't help to locate - the various @begin$<foo>$ commands because these are invoked via - csnames.} -} -\lst\cameronpj - {Cameron P.J (1990): - Adventures of a new \TeX nician. - \TeX line 12, 2\dash3. -} -\lst\carlisleda - {Carlisle D (1992): - longtable.sty. - From the fileserver. -} -\lst\chemtex - {Chem-\TeX (?): - From the file server. -} -\lst\chenp - {Chen P, M Harrison (1987): - Automatic index preparation. - CSB-TR 87/347. UCB. - \annotation{A nice survey of issues relevant to preparing indexes - automatically. Existing indexing tools in use in various systems - are discussed. The paper emerged from the experience gained in writing - the makeindex C program.} -} -\lst\cheswickb - {Cheswick B (1990): - A permuted index for \TeX\ and \LaTeX. - CSR 145. AT\&T. - (Also \TeX niques 14. Handy for looking up if a command is already in use.) -} -\lst\childsba - {Childs B (1989): - Teaching \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(2), 156\dash163. -} -\lst\childsbb - {Childs, B (1989): - Answers to \TeX\ tests. - \tubissue{10}(3), 319\dash323. -} -\lst\clarkaa - {Clark A.F (1987): - Halftone output from \TeX. - \tubissue{8}(3), 270\dash274. -} -\lst\clarkma - {Clark M (1987): - More symbols for \TeX. - \TeX line 5, 7\dash8. -} -\lst\clarkmaa - {Clark M (1988): - A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML. - SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68. -} -\lst\clarkmab - {Clark M (1988): - A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML. - SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68. -} -\lst\clarkmac - {Clark M (1989): - \TeX\ and/or SGML. - Proceedings Euro\TeX89. Karls\-ruhe. - \annotation{Context sensitivity as a tool for checking - input correctness is stressed; - an example of how to do this within \TeX\ - is given.} -} -\lst\clarkmb - {Clark M (editor, 1990): - \TeX\ applications, uses and methods. - Proceedings of Euro\TeX\ '88. - Ellis Horwood. ISBN 0-13-912296-6. -} -\lst\clarkmc - {Clark M (1992): - Portable Graphics in \TeX. - Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{13}(3), 253\dash260. - (Also as chapter 17 in his \TeX\ Primer.) -} -\lst\clarkmd - {Clark M (1992): - A plain \TeX\ primer. - Oxford University Press. 480p. -} -\lst\cms - {The Chicago manual of style (1982). - University of Chicago Press. -} -\lst\coffings - {Coffin G.S (1954): Bridge Plays: - Four classics. Faber and Faber. London. -} -\lst\commacm - {Comm ACM (1988): - Special Issue: Hypertext. - Comm. ACM, 88, 31, 7. - \annotation{It contains: - An overview of hypertext, by J.B Smith, S.F Weiss; - KMS: A distributed hypermedia system for managing knowledge in - organizations, by R.M Akscyn, D.L McCracken, E.A Yoder; - Reflections on notecards: seven issues for the next generation of - hypermedia systems, by F.G Halasz; - HAM: A general purpose hypertext abstract machine, by B Campbell, J.M - Goodman; - Abstraction mechanisms in hypertext, by P.K Carg; - Hypertext and the new Oxford dictionary, by D.R Raymond, F.W Tompa; - Searching for information in a hypertext medical handbook, by - M.E Frisse; - Hypertext '87: Keynote address, by A van Dam. - There are conferences devoted to the subject at least each year.} -} -\lst\coombsjh - {Coombs J.H, A.H Renear, S.J DeRose (1987): - Markup systems and the future of scholarly text processing. - Comm. ACM, 30, 11, 933\dash947. -} -\lst\cowanrf - {Cowan R.F (1985): - Making tables with macros. tables.tex \& tabledoc.tex. - (Available from file servers.) -} -\lst\crowhurste - {Crowhurst E (1986): - ACOL in competition. Pelham. London. -} -\lst\damrauj - {Damrau J, M Wester (1991): Form letters with 3-across - labels capability. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 510\dash516. -} -\lst\dobrowolskiae - {Dobrowolski A, E (1992): - Typesetting SGML documents using \TeX. - Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{12}(4), 409\dash414. -} -\lst\dolw - {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, M van der Vlerk (1993): - 4\TeX: a \TeX\ workbench for MS-DOS PCs. - MAPS 93.1, 53\dash56. -} -\lst\dolwb - {Dol W (1993): - The ease of including graphics in \TeX{} documents using 4\TeX. - MAPS 93.2, 171\dash176. -} -\lst\dolwc - {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, S Kroonenberg, M van der Vlerk (1994): - \TeX{} \& 4\TeX{} Guide. - (Booklet to accompany NTG's 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM.) -} -\lst\doobma - {Doob M (1990): - A gentle introduction to \TeX. - \TeX niques 12. - (Also from the file server, as is my review.) -} -\lst\doobmb - {Doob M, C Platt (1993): - Virtual fonts in a production environement. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 275\dash281. -} -\lst\doumontjl - {Doumont J.L (1994): - Pascal pretty-printing: - an example of `preprocessing within \TeX.' - Proceedings TUG '94. \tubissue{15}(3), 167\dash173. -} -\lst\downesmja - {Downes M.J. (1991): - Dialogue with \TeX. - Proceedings TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 502\dash509. -} -\lst\drilcon - {DRILCON (1990): A program for conversion between \TeX\ and wordprocessors. - KUB. The Netherlands. - (It uses an intermediate language.) -} -\lst\duchierd - {Duchier D (1990): - \TeX, ex\-ter\-nal tensor pro\-duct. - \TeX HaX 90.20. -} -\lst\dunna - {Dunnr A (1987): - Using \PS{} with \TeX. - \tubissue{8}(2), 171\dash173. -} -\lst\durstlka - {Durst L.K (1989): Bibliographic citations, or variations - on the old shell game. \tubissue{10}(3), 390\dash394. - \annotation{It discusses how to cope with \TeX ing a bibliography. BLUe's Bib - has undoubtedly been influenced by this work, because I read it - at least a year before creating BLUe's Bib. Durst does not use the - list separator \TeX nique, and therefore the encoding is a little more - complex. Also the writing to a file and the external sorting makes it - more cumbersome. In the paper it is not worked out how to use it within - one of \TeX's flavours. - The basic approach is very similar to mine, however.} -} -\lst\durstlkb - {Durst L.K (1990): - Long-winded endnotes and exercises with hints or solutions. - \tubissue{11}(4), 580\dash588. - \annotation{A comment is given in Hefferon (1991): Getting {\tt\char92answers} - in \TeX.} -} -\lst\durstlkc - {Durst L.K (1991): - Some tools for making indexes: Part I. - \tubissue{12}(2), 248\dash258. -} -\lst\dysonmc - {Dyson M.C (1992): - The curriculum as a hypertext. - EP-ODD, 5, 2, 63\dash72. -} -\lst\dysonmcb - {Dyson M.C (1993): - Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot project. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 329\dash332. - (Also MAPS 93.2, 216\dash218.) -} -\lst\eijkhoutva - {Eijkhout V (1990): - Unusual paragraph shapes. - \tubissue{11}(1), 51\dash53. -} -\lst\eijkhoutvb - {Eijkhout V (1990): - An indentation scheme. - \tubissue{11}(4), 613\dash616. - (Also MAPS 90.2.) -} -\lst\eijkhoutvc - {Eijkhout V (1990): - A {\tt\char92parskip} scheme. - \tubissue{11}(1), 616\dash619. - (Also MAPS 90.2.) -} -\lst\eijkhoutvd - {Eijkhout V (1992): - \TeX\ by Topic. Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\eijkhoutve - {Eijkhout, V (1993): - The bag of tricks. \tubissue{13}(4), 494\dash495. - (It is about how to layout a macro. What I like most of it is the - summary of how to counteract unwanted spaces. At the end the important - difference between the \cs{ifUndefinedCS} and \cs{if}\cs{UndefinedCS} - has been treated.) -} -\lst\einarssonb - {Einarsson B, W.M Gentleman(1984): - Mixed Language programming. - Soft.Prac.Exp., 14, 4 383\dash396. -} -\lst\eppsteind - {Eppstein D (1985): - Trees in \TeX. - \tubissue{6}(1), 31\dash37. -} -\lst\fergusonmj - {Ferguson M.J (1991): - INRS-\TeX\ (new version). - (See also his multilingual reports, \tubissue{11}(4), 514\dash515) -} -\lst\fineja - {Fine J (1992): Some basic control macros for \TeX. - \tubissue{13}(1), 75\dash83. -} -\lst\floydrw - {Floyd R.W (1978): The paradigms of programming. - Comm ACM ?\dash?. - Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985. - ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\furutar - {Furuta R, J Scofield, A Shaw (1982): - Document Formatting Systems: Survey, Concepts, and Issues. - Computing Surveys, 14, 3, 417\dash472. -} -\lst\genussapl - {Genussa P.L (1987): - Document Preparation Method - of the United States Aire Force - Automated Technical Order System. - SGML Users' group. Bulletin 2, 1. -} -\lst\gibbonsj - {Gibbons J (1993): - Footnotes with verbatim material. - TTN, 2, 4, p.9. - \annotation{\LaTeX's footnote implementation has been modified to allow also for - verbatims similar to plain's encoding. Basically it comes down to handling - the `argument.' Really nice.} -} -\lst\glendowng - {Glendown G (1990): Round boxes for plain \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(3), 385--386. -} -\lst\goossensma - {Goossens M (1993): - POSTSCRIPT en \LaTeX, de komplementariteit in de praktijk. - MAPS 93.1, 101\dash113. -} -\lst\goossensmb - {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993): - The \LaTeX-companion. Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\goossensmc - {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993): - Customizing \LaTeX's lists. - MAPS 93.2, 177\dash183. -} -\lst\goossensmd - {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994): - Colour slides with \LaTeX{} and Seminar. - Baskerville, 4,1, 8\dash12. -} -\lst\goossensme - {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994): - Simple colour design and colour in \LaTeX2$\epsilon$. - Euro\TeX, 196\dash205. -} -\lst\grahamrla - {Graham R.L, D.E Knuth, O Pastashnik (1989): - Concrete Mathematics. Addison-Wesley. - \annotation{The macros for formatting this book are available from the - CTAN and known as gkpmac.tex.} -} -\lst\greeni - {Green I (1992): - citesort.sty. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\greeneam - {Greene A.M (1989): - \TeX reation\Dash Playing Games with \TeX's mind. - \tubissue{10}(4), 691\dash705. -} -\lst\greenwadegd - {Greenwade G.D (1993): - The Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network\Dash CTAN. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 342\dash351. - (Also MAPS 93.2, 133\dash140.) -} -\lst\griesd - {Gries D (1983 snd printing): - The science of programming. - Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-90641-x. -} -\lst\grootenhuisj - {Grootenhuis J (1990): - Typesetting SGML coded Mathematics. - Paper presented at Markup'90. Charleston. -} -\lst\guittetc - {Guittet C (1986): - FORMEX: une mise en practique des normes internationales. - SGML user's group. Bulletin, 1, 2. -} -\lst\gurariema - {Gurari E.M (1989): - An introduction to the theory of computation. - Computer Science Press. -} -\lst\gurariemb - {Gurari E.M (1994): - \TeX{} \& \LaTeX\Dash Drawing \& Literate Programming. - Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025208-4. -} -\lst\gurariemc - {Gurari E.M (1994): - Writing with \TeX. - Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025207-6. -} -\lst\hafnerja - {Hafner J (1992): - Foil\TeX, a \LaTeX-like system for typesetting foils. - \tubissue{13}(3), 347\dash356. -} -\lst\hagenja - {Hagen J, A.F Otten (1994): - PPCH\TeX: Chemische structuur formules in \TeX. - MAPS 94.2, 167\dash177. -} -\lst\hagenjb - {Hagen J (1994): - Een meertalige interface naar \TeX. - MAPS 94.2, 178\dash182. -} -\lst\hagenjc - {Hagen J (1994): - Sub- en Superscripts in Chemische Formules. - MAPS 94.2, 183. -} -\lst\hamiltonb - {Hamilton Kelly B (1989): - The autodoc-option. - \tubissue{10}(2), 274\dash284. -} -\lst\hamiltonba - {Hamilton Kelly B (1990): - Some macros to draw crosswords. - \tubissue{11}(1), 103\dash119. -} -\lst\hamiltonh - {Hamilton H (1989): - Mastering \TeX{} with templates. - TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 541\dash548. - \annotation{It has all to do with learning by example.} -} -\lst\hammingrw - {Hamming R.W (1978): One man's view of computer science. - Comm ACM ?\dash?. - Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985. - ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\haralambousy - {Haralambous Y (1992): - \TeX\ conventions concerning languages. TTN, 1, 4, 3\dash10. -} -\lst\heckelp - {Heckel P (1982): - The elements of friendly software design. - Warner Books. ISBN 0-446-38040-7. -} -\lst\hemelj - {Hemel J, C.G van der Laan, R.C.G.M Lauwerier (1989): - Het maken van transparanten voor overhead-projectie. - RC-Rapport 23. - \annotation{In this report a set of 4 characteristic transparencies---a drawing, - a bar-chart, a pie-chart, - a list of items with some formulas---is selected, - and the aspects which come along when making these by hand, - by Wordperfect, or by \LaTeX, are discussed. The results are shown and - the needed amount of work for each approach is summarized among others.} -} -\lst\hendersonda - {Henderson D (1989): - Outline fonts with METAfont. - \tubissue{10}(1), 36\dash38. -} -\lst\hendersondb - {Henderson D (1989): - Introduction to METAfont. - \tubissue{10}(4), 467\dash480. -} -\lst\hendricksonaa - {Hendrickson A (1985): - Some diagonal line hacks. - \tubissue{6}(2), 83\dash86. - \annotation{The macros go wrong for (nearly) vertical lines.} -} -\lst\hendricksonab - {Hendrickson A (1989): - Macro\TeX. -} -\lst\hendricksonac - {Hendrickson A (1990): - Getting \TeX nical: Insights into \TeX\ macro writing \TeX niques. - \tubissue{11}(3), 359\dash370. -} -\lst\hendricksonax - {Hendrickson A (priv.\ comm.). -} -\lst\henricip - {Henrici, P (1977): Applied and computational complex analysis. - II. Special functions, integral transformations, asymptotics, continued - fractions. John-Wiley. -} -\lst\herwijnenea - {Herwijnen E van (1988): - Electronic submission of Physics - articles to publishers. De $1^e$ Nederlandse - SGML conferentie. SGML: De Consequenties. - \annotation{Also published in: Computer Physics - Communications 57 (1989) 244\dash250: - The use of text interchange standards - for submitting physics articles to journals. - In the context of this paper the discussion of - SGML related to \TeX\ is relevant.} -} -\lst\herwijnene - {Herwijnen E van (1990): - Practical SGML. Kluwer. -} -\lst\herwijnenea - {Herwijnen E van, N.A.F.M Poppelier, C.A Rowley (to appear): - Standard DTDs and scientific publishing. - MAPS 92.2, 69\dash80. -} -\lst\herwijneneb - {Herwijnen E van (priv. comm.): Streamlining publishing - procedures. -} -\lst\herwijnenec - {Herwijnen E van (1988): - TexT Processing at CERN I. - SGML Users' Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 39--54. -} -\lst\hoarecar - {Hoare C.A.R (1980): The emperor's old clothes. - Comm ACM ?\dash?. - Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985. - ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\hobbyjda - {Hobby J.D (1992): - A user's manual for METAPost. - CSTR 162. AT\&T Bell Laboratories. - (Since 1995 METAPost is in the public domain.) -} -\lst\hobbyjdb - {Hobby J.D (1992): - Introduction to METAPost. - Euro\TeX{} 92. 21\dash36. -} -\lst\hoenigajaa - {Hoenig A.J (1987): - \TeX{} does windows. - \tubissue{8}(2), 212\dash216. -} -\lst\hoenigajab - {Hoenig A.J (1989): - Fractal images with \TeX. - Proceedings TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 491\dash497. -} -\lst\hoenigaja - {Hoenig A.J (1990): - Labelling figures in \TeX\ documents. - TUG '90. \tubissue{12}(1), 125\dash128. -} -\lst\hoenigajb - {Hoenig A.J (1991): - When \TeX\ and METAfont talk: - Typesetting on curved paths and other special effects. - TUG91 proceedings. \tubissue{12}(3), 554\dash557. -} -\lst\hoenigajba - {Hoenig A.J (1991): - Typesetting along arbitrary curves with \TeX\ and METAfont. - TUG91 proceedings. -} -\lst\hoenigajc - {Hoenig A.J (1991): - \TeX\ for new users. MAPS 91.2, 91\dash96. -} -\lst\hoenigajd - {Hoenig A.J (1992): - When \TeX\ and METAfont work together. - Euro\TeX\ '92 proceedings, 1\dash19. - (An updated version released in MAPS 93.1.) -} -\lst\hoenigaje - {Hoenig A (1992): Q \& A. Partitioned Matrices. - \tubissue{13}(1), 60\dash62. -} -\lst\hoenigajf - {Hoenig A (1994): - Less is more: Complex page layouts and shapes with \TeX. - TUG94 proceedings. \tubissue{15}(3), 232\dash243. -} -\lst\hooveraza - {Hoover A.Z (1989): - Using wordperfect 5.0 to create \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents. - \tubissue{10}(4), 549\dash559. -} -\lst\hooverazb - {Hoover A.Z (1991): - Getting Postscript into \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents. - TUG '91. MAPS 91.2. -} -\lst\hooverazc - {Hoover A.Z (1992): - The key to successful support: knowing your \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ users. - Euro\TeX{} '92 proceedings, 1\dash19. - (Also MAPS 92.2.) -} -\lst\horakk - {Horak K (priv. comm. 1992): - Examples of (scientific) METAfont use. - (Some have been encorporated in NTG's PR set.) -} -\lst\horakka - {Horak K (1994): - Fighting with big METAfont pictures - when printing them reversely or landscape. - Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 105\dash107. -} -\lst\hornbkp - {Horn B.K.P (1993): - Where are the Math fonts? - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 282\dash284. -} -\lst\hornbkpa - {Horn B.K.P (1993): - New from Y\&Y: complete bitmap-free \TeX{} packages! - Flyer 8p. - \annotation{Reviewed in Notices of the AMS by J.L Casti. - Very good with respect to - encorporation of Postscript (product: DVIPSONE) - and the accompanying previewer (product: DVIWindo). - No virtual fonts are supported, and as - argued by the author there is no need for it to do so.} -} -\lst\horowitze - {Horowitz E (1984): - Fundamentals of programming languages. - Computer Science Press. ISBN 0-88175-004-2. -} -\lst\hosekd - {Hosek D (1991): - \TeX\ Output Devices. - TUG Resource Directory, 133\dash158. -} -\lst\houtjfmj - {Hout J.F.M.J, M.J.A Mirande, E.B Smuling (1981): - Geven van hoorcolleges. - Aula 807. - \annotation{Apart from the useful survey aspects it supplies also references - to Gagn\'e's work.} -} -\lst\isosgml - {ISO (8879): Information Processing\Dash Text and Office - Systems\Dash Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). 1986--10--15. -} -\lst\isosgmltr - {ISO (TR9573): Information Processing\Dash SGML - Support Facilities\Dash Techniques for using SGML. - 1988--09--12. -} -\lst\iwakumat - {Iwakuma Tetsuo (1994): - A guide to use Macros and Style files in \LaTeX. - MAPS 94.2, 73\dash110. -} -\lst\jackowskibc - {B Jascowski, M Ry\'cko (1994): - Labyrinth of METAfont paths in outline. - Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 18\dash32. -} -\lst\janschcr -{J\"ansch C.R, U R\"ode, K Schnepper (1988): - Macro expansion, a tool for the systematic development of scientific software. - TUM-I8814. -} -\lst\jeffreya - {Jeffrey A (1990): Lists in \TeX's mouth. - \tubissue{11}(2), 237\dash244. -} -\lst\jeffreyab - {Jeffrey A (1993): - A Postscript font installation package written in \TeX. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 285\dash292. -} -\lst\jeffreyac - {Jeffrey A (editor, 1993): - Math font encodings: a workshop summary. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 293\dash295. -} -\lst\jensenk - {Jensen K, N Wirth (1975): PASCAL user manual and report. - Springer-Verlag. -} -\lst\jonesdm - {Jones D.M (1992): - A catalogue of \TeX{} macros. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\jurrienstaa - {Jurriens T.A (priv. comm.): - Supertabular.sty. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\jurrienstaaa - {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ for everybody? - Euro\TeX92. - \annotation{Experience \LaTeX\ teaching.} -} -\lst\jurrienstab - {Jurriens, T.A (1991): - Ladies and \LaTeX I-II-III. - MAPS 91.2, 102\dash104, 92.1, 133\dash134, MAPS 92.2, 102\dash104. -} -\lst\jurrienstac - {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ as database. MAPS92.2, - 100\dash101. -} -\lst\jurrienstad - {Jurriens T.A (1992): - From observation to publication. - \tubissue{14}(2), 123\dash126. -} -\lst\kabelschachta - {Kabelschacht A (1987): - \cs{expandafter} vs.\ \cs{let} and \cs{def}, and - a generalization of plain's loop. - \tubissue{8}(2), 184\dash185. -} -\lst\kappertr - {Kappert R (1992): scite.sty. (A compilation - of the earlier versions of Arseneau and Green. - From the file server.) -} -\lst\kelderj - {Kelder J, B van der Velde (1986): - Dwangposities tegen \'e\'en tegenstander. Becht. A'dam. (Dutch). - Translated from: - Kelsey H.W (1985, paperback): - Simple squeezes. Gollancz. London. -} -\lst\kelleram - {Keller, A.M (1985): - From text to \TeX\Dash coursenotes for \TeX\ for beginners. - (TOPS 20 is outdated. emacs is still actual.) -} -\lst\khanhha - {Khanh Ha (1990): - Easy Table. \tubissue{11}(2), 250\dash264. -} -\lst\knappenja - {Knappen J (1992): - Changing the appearance of Math. - Euro\TeX'92. -} -\lst\knesert - {Kneser T (1990): - \LaTeX-paragraphs floating around figures. - \tubissue{12}(1), 28\dash30. -} -\lst\knuthdea - {Knuth D.E (1968): - The art of computer programming. Vol. I: Fundamental algorithms. - Addison-Wesley.ISBN 0-201-03809-9. -} -\lst\knuthdeb - {Knuth D.E (1969): - The art of computer programming. Vol. II: Seminumerical algorithms. - Addison-Wesley.LLOCC 67-26020. -} -\lst\knuthdec - {Knuth D.E (1973): - The art of computer programming. Vol. III: Sorting and searching. - Addison-Wesley. LLOCC 67-26020. -} -\lst\knuthdeca - {Knuth D.E (1974): - Computer programming as an art. - Comm ACM ?\dash?. - Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985. - ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\knuthdeca - {Knuth D.E (1979): Mathematical Typography. - Bulletin AMS, 1, 2, 345\dash372. -} -\lst\knuthdecb - {Knuth D.E (1979): - \TeX\ and METAfont: New directions in typesetting. - Part 1 Mathematical Typography. 45p. - Part 2 \TeX\ a system for technical text. 201p. - Part 3 METAfont, a system for alphabet design. 105p. - AMS. Digital Press. ISBN 0-932376-02-9. - \annotation{A nice and handy book which explains the basic approaches in - not too much detail.} -} -\lst\knuthdecc - {Knuth D.E (1984): - Literate Programming. - The Computer Journal, 27, 2, 97\dash111. -} -\lst\knuthded - {Knuth D.E (1984): - Computers and Typesetting. - \TB. Addison-Wesley. - ISBN 0-201-13447-0 (hard cover) - ISBN 0-201-13448-9 (soft cover). - \annotation{For the correct printing look in the index - for \cs{language}. - \TeX, frozen in version $\pi$, - 3.1415\dots} -} -\lst\knuthdee - {Knuth D.E (1984): - A course on METAfont programming. - \tubissue{5}(2), 105\dash118. -} -\lst\knuthdeea - {Knuth, D.E (1985): Recipes and fractions. - \tubissue{6}(1), 36\dash38. -} -\lst\knuthdef - {Knuth D.E (1986): - Computers and Typesetting.\TeX: the program. - Addison-Wesley. - \annotation{Reprint with corrections 1988, - a version dated after 1989 is needed. - Look again for \cs{language} in the index.} - ISBN 0-201-13437-3. -} -\lst\knuthdeg - {Knuth D.E (1986): - Computers and Typesetting. The METAfont book. - Addison-Wesley. - ISBN 0-201-13445-4. -} -\lst\knuthdeh - {Knuth D.E (198?): - Computers and Typesetting. METAfont: the program. - Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\knuthdehb - {Knuth D.E, P Mackay (1987): - Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts. - \tubissue{7}(1), 14--25. -} -\lst\knuthdehc - {Knuth D.E (1987): - Saturday morning problem\Dash conclusion. - \tubissue{8}(2), 211. - \annotation{The principle of text flowing around a figure - via an OTR with a `mock'-\cs{everyline}. Hoenig in TUG 94 - has elaborated the issue further.} -} -\lst\knuthdehd - {Knuth D.E (1987): - Reply: Printing out selected pages. - \tubissue{8}(2), 217. - \annotation{Manmac's shipout for slected pages.} -} -\lst\knuthdehe - {Knuth D.E (1987): - Fonts for digital halftones. - \tubissue{8}(2), 135\dash270. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\knuthdei - {Knuth D.E (1989): - The errors of \TeX. - Software Practice and Experience, 19, 7, 607\dash685. - (Also \tubissue{10}(4), 529\dash532.) -} -\lst\knuthdeib - {Knuth D.E, T Larrabee, P.M Roberts (1989): - Mathematical writing. - MMA Notes, 14. -\annotation{With contributions by Paul Halmos, Leslie Lamport, Mary-Claire van Leunen, -Nils Nilsson, Rosalie Stemer, Jeff Ullman, and Herbert S. Wilf.} -} -\lst\knuthdej - {Knuth D.E (1990): - Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards. - \tubissue{11}(1), 13\dash23. -} -\lst\knuthdek -{Knuth D.E, S Levy (1987): - The CWEB System of Structured Documentation. - (FTP: labrea.stanford.edu, in directory /pub/cweb) -} -\lst\kopkah - {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993): - A guide to \LaTeX\Dash Document preparation for beginners and advanced users. - Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6. -} -\lst\kolodziejska - {Ko{\l}odziejska H (1991): - Go diagrams with \TeX. - MAPS 91.2, 63\dash68. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\kopkah - {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993): - A guide to \LaTeX---Document preparation - for beginners and advanced users. - Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6. -} -\lst\krimpenh - {Krimpen H van (1986): - Boek over het maken van boeken. - Gaade Uitgevers. Veenendaal. ISBN 9-060-17521-2. -} -\lst\kuykenshjp - {Kuykens H.J P (1994): - MIDI2\TeX, een music\TeX{} tool. - MAPS 94.2, 184\dash188. -} -\lst\laancg - {Laan C.G van der (1984): (Graceful) Mixed Language - Programming. Argonne National Laboratory Workshop. -} -\lst\laancga - {Laan C.G van der, J.R Luyten (1988): - Evaluation of K-talk. - RC-RUG rapport 15. - \annotation{Contains test collection for evaluating converters. - The conclusion is that ordinary marked up text is no problem, - but tables, math and graphics go wrong.} -} -\lst\laancgaa - {Laan C.G van der (1989): - Teaching \TeX: critics and \LaTeX\ proposal. - Appendix V. Minutes $4^{th}$ NTG meeting. -} -\lst\laancgb - {Laan C.G van der (1989): - Typesetting Bridge via \LaTeX. - \tubissue{10}(1), 113\dash116. - (Also MAPS 91.2.) -} -\lst\laancgc - {Laan C.G van der (1990): - Typesetting Bridge via \TeX. - \tubissue{11}(2), 265\dash276. - (Pre-release GUTenberg Cahiers 5, and a copy in MAPS 91.2.) -} -\lst\laancgd - {Laan C.G van der (1990): - SGML(, \TeX\ and \dots). - \tubissue{12}(1), 90\dash104. - (Pre-release MAPS 90.2 and GUTenberg - cahiers 5. - It contains also an extensive bibliography - about SGML-\TeX\ relation.) -} -\lst\laancge - {Laan C.G van der (1991): - Math into BLUes. - Part~I: Mourning. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(3), 485\dash501. - Part~II: Sing your song. Euro\TeX\ '91. - GUTenberg Cahiers 10\&11, 147\dash170. - (Pre-release MAPS 91.1.) -} -\lst\laancgf - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - Tower of Hanoi, revisited. - \tubissue{13}(1), 91\dash94. -} -\lst\laancgg - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - Table Diversions. - MAPS 92.2, 115\dash129. - (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92.) -} -\lst\laancgga - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - Spivak's \OE uvre. - MAPS 92.1, 139\dash142. -} -\lst\laancgh - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes. - \tubissue{14}(1), 54\dash59. - (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92 - and MAPS 92.2.) -} -\lst\laancgi - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - Typesetting crosswords via \TeX, revisited. - MAPS 92.2, 145-146. - \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. An earlier version based upon \cs{halign} in - Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 217\dash224, and MAPS 92.1, 128\dash132.} -} -\lst\laancgj - {Laan C.G van der (1992): - Syntactic Sugar. - TUG '93. - \tubissue{14}(3), 310\Dash318. - (Earlier versions in MAPS 92.2, abridged in GUST bulletin 1.) -} -\lst\laancgk - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - Manmac BLUes\Dash Or how to typeset a book via \TeX. - MAPS 93.1, 171\dash191. -} -\lst\laancgl - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - AMS BLUes\Dash Professionals at work. - MAPS 93.1, 192\dash212. -} -\lst\laancgm - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - Sorting in BLUe. - MAPS 93.1, 149\dash170. - (Abrid\-ged TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 319\dash328.) -} -\lst\laancgo - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - Typesetting number sequences. - MAPS 93.1, 145\dash148. - \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. No longer relevant when BLUe's Bib is used.} -} -\lst\laancgp - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - Matrix icons via \LaTeX. - MAPS 93.2, 211\dash212. - (Also note in TTN 3.3, 1994.) -} -\lst\laancgq - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - BLUe's Bibliography\Dash A ge\-ne\-ric ap\-proach. - MAPS 93.2, 205\dash210. - \annotation{Selective loading has been added in MAPS 94.1.} -} -\lst\laancgr - {Laan C.G van der (1993): - What is \TeX{} and \MF{} all about? - MAPS 93.2, 67\dash87. - (Also: proceedings `PD, Shareware, Freeware' - meeting NLUUG, November 1993. CTAN - and PTF CD in \dots/whatstex in - ctan/info/info.zip) -} -\lst\laancgs - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - TUGboat BLUes\Dash How \TeX ies do it. - MAPS 94.1, 119\dash150. -} -\lst\laancgt - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Trans\-paren\-cies\Dash From report to transparency. - MAPS 94.1, 111\dash114. -} -\lst\laancgu - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Verbatim\Dash The selection. - MAPS 94.1, 116\dash118. -} -\lst\laancgv - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Format\Dash The best of both worlds. - MAPS 94.2, 189\dash199. - (Abridged. Euro\TeX\ '94, 33\dash44, also abridged. - Unabridged version from the CTAN.) -} -\lst\laancgw - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Biblio\-gra\-phy\Dash Se\-lec\-tive loading.\\ - MAPS~94.1, 115. -} -\lst\laancgx - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Graphs\Dash Simplicity, aha! - MAPS 94.2, 200\dash206. -} -\lst\laancgy - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - BLUe's Cross-Referen\-cing\Dash A one-pass approach. - MAPS 94.2, 207\dash209. -} -\lst\laancgz - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - Publishing with \TeX\Dash BLUe's Selection. - MAPS Special. %CWI tract. - See CTAN /pub/archive/info/pwt. -} -\lst\laancgA - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - Paradigms\Dash Headache? - MAPS 94.2, 212\dash214. -} -\lst\laancgB - {Laan C.G van der (1994): - Paradigms\Dash Plain's items extended. - MAPS 94.2, 210\dash211. -} -\lst\laancgC - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - BLUe's Typesetting of Pascal\Dash Lean and mean. - MAPS 95.1, 208\dash210. - \annotation{This early paper has been improved. The typesetting - of array brackets is possible now.} -} -\lst\laancgD - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - BLUe's Index\Dash The principle and some more. - MAPS 95.1, 178\dash186. - \annotation{A more user oriented version has been appeared in a chapter of the - PWT guide and also in the proceedings of Euro\TeX~95.} -} -\lst\laancgE - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - BLUe's Format Databases\Dash Stay organized. - MAPS 95.1, 170\dash177. -} -\lst\laancgF - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - Paradigms\Dash Two-part macros. - MAPS 95.1, 200\dash204. -} -\lst\laancgG - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - Paradigms\Dash Parameterization I \Dash\ Options. - MAPS 95.1, 205\dash207. -} -\lst\laancgH - {Laan C.G van der (1995): - Use of \TeX{} as databases with any \TeX. - Proceedings Euro\TeX~95, 273\dash278. -} -\lst\lammarschj - {Lammarsch J (1993): - A new typesetting system: is it really necessary? - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 167\dash170. -} -\lst\lamportla - {Lamport L (1985?): - Bezier.sty. - \annotation{(For drawing arbitray lines within the picture environment. - From the file server. See however also gkpmac.} -} -\lst\lamportlb - {Lamport L (1985): - \LaTeX\ User's Guide \& Reference Manual. - Addison-Wesley. ISBN-0-201-15790-X. - \annotation{With respect to \BibTeX\ the following characteristics - from UKTUG meeting of 1990. - Advantages: clear layout of database, unique identifyer for elements, - compatibility with Scribe databases, explicit statement of citation type, - extensible style language, uses \LaTeX's cross-referencing, easy to - edit output, can be mixed with non-automatic generated bibliographies, - cross-referencing and abbreviations. - Disadvantages: multiple passes (\LaTeX, \BibTeX, \LaTeX, \LaTeX); - have to remember unique references, style language is opaque, - database is very wordy and boring to enter.} -} -\lst\lamportlc - {Lamport L (1987): - Makeindex: An index processor for \LaTeX. - (From the file server.) -} -\lst\langmyhrda - {Langmyhr D (1994): - How to make your own documentstyle in \LaTeX2e. - Euro\TeX'94, 167\dash175. - (Also MAPS 94.2, 65\dash72.) -} -\lst\larsonje - {Larson J.E (1989): - A chess font for \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(3), 351. -} -\lst\lauwerierhab - {Fractals\Dash meetkundige figuren in eindeloze herhaling. - Aramith. ISBN/NUGI-90-6834-031X/619. - \annotation{Some basic programs of the fractals are included.} -} -\lst\lavaudma - {Lavaud M (1991): - As\TeX, or developing a multi-windowing environment for research based on - \TeX. - Euro\TeX\ '90. Cahiers Gutenberg. - (Developments Euro\TeX\ '92, and TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 238\dash244.) -} -\lst\lavaudmb - {Lavaud M (1993): - Disquettes PC-GUT: \TeX\ \& Co pour PC. - (With: manual d'installation, revised 25/6/93.) -} -\lst\lawrencem - {Lawrence M. (1988): - The complete book on hand evaluation. Max Hardy. - ISBN 0-939460-27-0. -} -\lst\lebanb - {Leban B (1985): - A solution to the Tower of Hanoi problem using \TeX. - \tubissue 6(3), 151\dash154. -\annotation{Review. Leban requires as input the number of disks and the first tower as -a sequence of one-digit numbers. -This means that creation of the initial tower is not part of the paper. -Furthermore, Leban develops a set of Lisp like functions for \TeX. -Apparently Knuth's List macros, \TeX book Appendix D.2, have been overlooked. -Leban's small list processing system is an example of reinventing the wheel, -with the concept of an active list separator absent. As a consequence -the printing of the towers is done by recursion which is not necessary -when using Knuth's list separator appropriately to `execute' the list.} -} -\lst\leskme - {Lesk M.E (1979): - Tbl\Dash a program to format tables. - UNIX manual,157--174. -} -\lst\louarnp - {Louarn P (1991): - Instructions to Euro\TeX{} and GUTenberg '91 authors. -} -\lst\louarnpa - {Louarn P (1991): Manipulons une matrice. - Cahiers GUTenberg 8. 59\dash61. - \annotation{His step-by-step explanation is very clear. The example - does not contain braces connecting cells, - or sub parts.} -} -\lst\makeindex - {Makeindex (1987): - Makeindex. - \annotation{From the file server. See also Chen and Harrison, Lamport (1987), - Salomon for a plain variant. Since 1995 there is BLUe's Index.} -} -\lst\markit - {MARK-IT (1989): SGML Parser, version 2. Sobemap NV, - Place du Champ de Mars 5, Bte 40, 1050 Bruxelles. -} -\lst\martincr - {Martin C.R (1990): - \TeX\ for \TeX nical typists. - \tubissue{11}(3), 425\dash428. -} -\lst\mattese - {Mattes E (1990?): - em\TeX. - (PD version for MS-DOS PCs, in general use. From the archives.) -} -\lst\mauss - {Maus S (1991): An expansion power lemma. - \tubissue{12}(2), 277. -} -\lst\mcclurem - {McClure M (1989): - \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams. - TUGboat, 10, 4, 743--750. -} -\lst\meulenbroekd - {Meulenbroek D (1989): - Nieuwsblad v/h Noorden. December. - (Dutch) -} -\lst\meyerse - {Meyers E, F Paige (199?): \TeX sis. - \annotation{Provides \cs{ruledtable} and documentation in 100p. - \TeX{} file. - From lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu, directory /texsis.} -} -\lst\minskym - {Minsky M (1969): - Form and content in computer science. - Comm ACM ?\dash?. - Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985. - ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9. - \annotation{} -} -\lst\mittelbachfa - {Mittelbach F (1989): - An environment for multi-column output. - \tubissue{10}(3), 407\dash415. -} -\lst\mittelbachfab - {Mittelbach F (1989): - The doc-option.. - \tubissue{10}(2), 245\dash273. -} -\lst\mittelbachfb - {Mittelbach F (1989): - An extension for the \LaTeX\ theorem environment. - \tubissue{10}(3), 416\dash426. -} -\lst\mittelbachfc - {Mittelbach F (1991): - E-\TeX: Guidelines for future \TeX\ extensions. - \tubissue{11}(3), 337\dash345. - (Redistributed: MAPS 93.1) -} -\lst\mittelbachfd - {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1989): - The new font selection scheme. - For \TeX{} packages. - \tubissue{10}(2), 222\dash238.\\ - User interface to standard \LaTeX. - Reprint: \tubissue{11}(2), 297\dash305. - (See also NFSS 2, in Goossens, Mittelbach Samarin.) -} -\lst\mittelbachfe - {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1990): - Towards \LaTeX~3.0. - \tubissue{12}(1), 74\dash79. - (Also MAPS 90.2.) -} -\lst\mittelbachff - {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1992): - The Pursuit of quality. - Electronic Publishing '92. ISBN 0-521-43277-4. - (Redistributed MAPS 92.2.) -} -\lst\mittelbachffb - {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley (1993): - The \LaTeX3 project. - MAPS 93.1, 95\dash99. - (Also in various early nineties proceedings.) -} -\lst\mittelbachfg - {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley, M.J Downes (1993): - Volunteer work for \LaTeX3 project. - \tubissue{13}(4), 510\dash515. -} -\lst\mcclurem - {McClure M (1989): - \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams. - \tubissue{10}(4), 743\dash750. -} -\lst\modestmf - {Modest M.F (1989): - Using \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ with Wordperfect5.0. - \tubissue{10}(1), 67\dash72. -} -\lst\nagyd - {Nagy Dezs\"o (1989): - A bar chart in \LaTeX. - \tubissue{10}(2), 239\dash240. -} -\lst\nearingj - {Nearing J (1989): Extended equation numbering - in plain \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(1), 82\dash88. -} -\lst\oostrumpa - {Oostrum P van (1989): - Fancyheadings. - From the fileserver. -} -\lst\oostrumpb - {Oostrum P van (1991): - Program text generation with \TeX\slash\LaTeX. - MAPS 91.1, 99\dash105. - (A survey of the available tools.) -} -\lst\palaisr - {Palais R (1992): - Moving a fixed-point. \tubissue{13}(4), 425\dash432. -} -\lst\paperts - {Papert S (1980): - Mindstorms---Children, computers, and powerful ideas. - Harvester studies in cognitive science; 14. - ISBN 0-85527-163-9. -} -\lst\paternotter - {Paternotte R (1989): Dwangneurose. - De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede - {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant. - December. (Dutch) -} -\lst\petryckilj - {Petrycki L.J (1991): Comparing \TeX\ and - traditional typesetting for the composition of a textbook. - \tubissue{12}(3), 359\dash366. -} -\lst\pittmanje - {Pittman J.E (1988): - Loopy.\TeX. \tubissue{9}(3), 289\dash291. -} -\lst\polyaga - {Polya G (1957): - How to solve it. Anchor. -} -\lst\polyagb - {Polya G (1954): - Mathematics and plausible reasoning. - I. Induction and analogy in Mathematics. - ISBN 0-691-08005-4. Princeton University Press. -} -\lst\polyagc - {Polya G (1954): - Mathematics and plausible reasoning. - II. Patterns of plausible inference. - L.C. Card 68-56327. Princeton University Press. -} -\lst\poppeliernafm - {Poppelier N.A.F.M (1990): - SGML and \TeX\ in scientific publishing. - \tubissue{12}(1), 105\dash109. (Also MAPS 90.2) -} -\lst\quinlre - {Quin L.R.E (1990): - Summary of METAfont fonts available. - \TeX MaG, 4, 6, 1990 - (Also MAPS 91.1.) -} -\lst\rahtzspq - {Rahtz S.P.Q (1987): Bibliographic tools. - Literary and linguistic computing, 2, 4, 231\dash241. -} -\lst\rahtzspqa - {Rahtz S.P.Q, M Burbank (1993): - Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1993 Annual Meeting of the \TeX{} Users - Group. - TUG Office. -} -\lst\rahtzspqaa - {Rahtz S.P.Q (1993): - Essential NFSS2, version 2. - \tubissue{14}(2), 132\dash137. - (The abstract copied from the article: - This article offers a user's view of the New Font Selection Scheme, version 2. - It describes the reasons for using the NFSS; - the differences a user will encounter between NFSS and old \LaTeX; - what it will be like installing and using NFSS2; - some special situations in mathematics; and - an overview of the advanced NFSS2 commands for describing new fonts.) -} -\lst\rahtzspqb - {Rahtz S.P.Q (1994): - Implementing the extended \TeX{} layout - using \PS{} fonts. - \tubissue{14}(2), 107\dash117. -} -\lst\raichleb - {Raichle B (1993): - In: V. Eijkhout. Oral \TeX; Erratum. - \tubissue{13}(1), 75. -} -\lst\raichleba - {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Sorting in \TeX's mouth (revisited). - Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94. 53\dash58. Reprinted in MAPS 95.1. - \annotation{Bernd Raichle reported at DANTE's 1994 Februari meeting about - sorting numbers in \TeX's mouth in the spirit of the work of - Jeffrey. Although his algorithms are of order $n^2$ the execution - time is good. The only drawback for practice is that it is restricted - to numbers so far. For Euro\TeX{} '94 he has extended his work - with quicksort in the mouth.} -} -\lst\raichlebb - {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Orale Spielereien. - \TeX nische Kom\"ode. - \annotation{Bernd Raichle started in 1994 a series of notes exploiting - the mouth processing of \TeX.\\ - I. The n-asteriks is studied in depth. A completely expandable \LaTeX{} - \cs{Romannumeral} proposal is included.\\ - II. Here the digestive processing of the \TeX{} engine is explained. - The explained n-asteriks solution is intriguing\Dash if not for the use - of \cs{uccode}\Dash and probably the fastest. -} -} -\lst\ramekmb - {Ramek M (1988): - Chemical structure formulae and X/Y diagrams with \TeX. - Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '88, 227\dash258. -} -\lst\readd - {Read D (priv.comm.): - Some ideas to improve \LaTeX. - \annotation{Report with suggestions about - \LaTeX\ implementation, SGML-based.} -} -\lst\reidtj - {Reid T.J (1987): - Floating figures at the right\Dash and\Dash Some random text for testing. - \tubissue{8}(3), 315\dash320. -} -\lst\rokickyta - {Rokicky T (199?): - DVIPS. - } -\lst\rokickytb - {Rokicky T (1994): - Driver support for color in \TeX: Proposal and Implementation. - \tubissue{15}(3), 205\dash2126. -} -\lst\rogersdf - {Rogers D.F (1992): On contrarian views. - \TeX line 14. 2\dash3. -} -\lst\rubinsteinza - {Rubinstein Z (1989): - Chess printing via METAfont and \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(2), 170\dash172. - (With erratum in \tubissue{10}(3), 359.) -} -\lst\rubinsteinzb - {Rubinstein Z (1989): - Printing annotated chess literature in natural notation. - \tubissue{10}(3), 387\dash390. -} -\lst\ryckom - {Ry\'cko M, B Jackowski (1993): - \TeX{} from {\tt\char92indent} to {\tt\char92par}. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 171\dash176. -} -\lst\salomonda - {Salomon D (1989): - Macros for indexing and table of contents preparation. - \tubissue{10}(3), 394\dash400. - \annotation{Comments by Breitenlohner (1990): \tubissue{11}(1)62, - with respect to writing long records to {\tt\char92write} - streams. In 1994 he made \cs{makeindex} available - for plain \TeX.} -} -%\lst\salomondb -% {} -\lst\salomondc - {Salomon D (1990): - Output Routines Examples \& Techniques. - Part~I: Introduction \& Examples. \tubissue{11}(1), 69\dash85. - Part~II: OTR Techniques. \tubissue{11}(2), 212\dash236. - Part~III: Insertions. \tubissue{11}(4), 588\dash - 605. - \annotation{Incorporated in his courseware: Insights and Hindsights.} - Part~IV: Horizontal Techniques. \tubissue{15}(1), 28\dash39. -} -\lst\salomondd - {Salomon D (1992): - Arrows for technical drawings. - \tubissue{13}(2), 146\dash149. -} -\lst\salomonde - {Salomon D (1992): - Creating shaded rectangles with POSTSCRIPT. - \tubissue{13}(3), 327\dash329. (Also MAPS 92.2.) -} -\lst\salomondf - {Salomon D (1992): - DDA methods in \TeX. - \tubissue{10}(2), 207\dash216. -} -\lst\salomondg - {Salomon D (1992): - NTG's Advanced \TeX\ course: Insights and Hindsights. - MAPS Special, $\approx500p.$ -} -\lst\salomondh - {Salomon D (1995): - The advanced \TeX book. - Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-94556-3. -} -\lst\salomondx - {Salomon D (priv.\ comm.). -} -\lst\samuelal - {Samuel A.L (1985): - First grade \TeX\Dash A beginners \TeX\ manual. - \TeX niques 11. - \annotation{Beautiful, obligatory reading! Even for \LaTeX\ devotees, - and for every novice. The layout is nice too. Only some 30p.} -} -\lst\sankers - {Sankar S (1989): - APE\Dash a set of \TeX\ macros to to format ADA programs. - \tubissue{10}(1), 89\dash97. -} -\lst\schellera - {Scheller A (1989): - Experience with SGML in the real world. - Advisory Group on Computer Graphics workshop, Rutherford. - \annotation{Work reported from DAPHNE-project: Document Application Processing in a - Heterogeneous Network Environment.} -} -\lst\schoepfra - {Sch\"opf R (1989): - Drawing histogram bars inside the \LaTeX\ picture-environment. - \tubissue{10}(1), 105\dash108. -} -\lst\schoepfrb - {Sch\"opf R (1989): - A new implementation of the \LaTeX\ {\tt verbatim[*]} environments. - \tubissue{11}(2), 284\dash296. -} -\lst\schrodj - {Schrod J (1992): - The DVI Standard, level 0. The TUG DVI Driver standards committee. - \tubissue{13}(1), 54\dash57. -} -\lst\schumacherefa - {Schumacher E.F (1973): - Small is beautiful. - Blond \& Briggs, London. -} -\lst\schumacherefb - {Schumacher E.F (1979): - Good Work. - Jonathan Cape Ltd, London. -} -\lst\schwarzn - {Schwarz N (1987): - {\em Einf\"uhrung in \TeX}. Addison-Wesley. - (Translated into English with co-author - J. Krieger (1990): Introduction to \TeX. - Addison-Wesley. Also into Dutch.) -} -\lst\schwarzhr - {Schwarz H.R, H Rutishauser, E Stiefel (1972): - Numerik symmetrischer Matrizen. - Teubner. (German) -} -\lst\seroulr - {Seroul R (1989): - Le petit livre de \TeX. Inter-\'Editions. - Paris. -} -\lst\sewellw - {Sewell W (1989): - Weaving a program\Dash Literate programming in WEB. - Van Nostrand. ISBN 0-442-31946. -} -\lst\sewellwa - {Sewell W (1987): - Multiple changefiles: The adventure continues. - \tubissue{8}(2), 117\dash118. -} -\lst\sgmlug - {SGML User's Group (Newsletter): (Editorial - address: Pindar Infotek, 2 Grosvenor Road, Wallington, - Surrey SM6 0ER, UK.) -} -\lst\siebenmannl - {Siebenmann L (1992): -Elementary text processing and parsing in \TeX\Dash The appreciation of tokens. - \tubissue{13}(1), 62\dash73. -} -\lst\smedingar - {Smedinga R (1991): - Hoe met \LaTeX\ een boek gemaakt kan worden. - MAPS 91.2, 97\dash101. -} -\lst\smithjma - {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language - (SGML): Guidelines for editors and publishers. - British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 26. - ISBN 0-7123-3111-5. -} -\lst\smithjmb - {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language - (SGML): Guidelines for authors. - British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 27. - ISBN 0-7123-3112-3. -} -\lst\southallra - {Southall R (1984): - First principles of typographic design for document production. - \tubissue{5}(2), 79\dash90. - (Corrigenda (1985): \tubissue{6}(1), p.6.) -} -\lst\southallrb - {Southall, R (1985): - Designing a new typeface via METAfont. - STAN-CS-85-1074. -} -\lst\sowafa - {Sowa F (1991): - Graphics and halftones with BM2font. - TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 534\dash538. -} -\lst\sowafb - {Sowa F (1994): - Printing colour pictures. - Euro\TeX'94, 176\dash181. - TUG 94, \tubissue{15}(3), 223\dash227. -} -\lst\sperbergmcq - {Sperberg-McQueen C.M, L Bernard (1990): - ACH-ACL-ALLC. Guidelines for the encoding and - interchange of machine readable texts. -} -\lst\spivakmda - {Spivak M.D (1986): - The Joy of \TeX\Dash\AmSTeX. - AMS. ISBN 0-8218-2999-8. - (Updated 2$^{nd}$ printing 1990.) -} -\lst\spivakmdb - {Spivak M.D (1989): - \LAMSTeX\Dash The Syn\-thesis. - \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation. -} -\lst\spivakmdc - {Spivak M.D (1991): - \LAMSTeX\Dash The wizards manual. - \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation. -} -\lst\swansone - {Swanson E (1986): - Mathematics into Type. - AMS. -} -\lst\swonkgl - {Swonk G.L (1991): - \LaTeX\ tree drawer. - \tubissue{12}(2), 286\dash289. -} -\lst\taupind - {Taupin D (1990): - Musique en \TeX. - Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 62\dash69. - (Updated English version MAPS 92.1.) -} -\lst\taylorp - {Taylor P (1992): - The future of \TeX. - In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92. - 235\dash254. (Reprinted in \tubissue{13}(4), 433\dash442.) -} -\lst\taylorpb - {Taylor P (1993): - NTS: The future of \TeX? - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 177\dash182. -} -\lst\taylorpba - {Taylor P (1994): - $\epsilon$-\TeX{} and NTS: a status report - Euro\TeX'94, 182\dash187. -} -\lst\taylorpc - {Taylor P (1993): - A pragmatic approach to paragraphs. - \tubissue{14}(2), 138\dash140. -} -\lst\taylorpd - {Taylor P (1994): - Defensive programming in \TeX: - towards a better class of a \TeX{} macro. - Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 69\dash82. -} -\lst\temmenm - {Temme N.M (1990): - Speciale functies in de mathematische - fysica. Epsilon 15. ISBN 90-5041-019-7. - (Dutch) -} -\lst\thielec - {Thiele C (1993): - The future of \TeX{} and TUG. - TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 162\dash166. -} -\lst\thieleca - {Thiele C (1987): - What constitutes a well-documented macro? - \tubissue8(3), 307\dash308. -} -\lst\tobing - {Tobin G (198?): - METAfont for beginners. - (From the CTAN.) -} -\lst\tofstedd - {Tofsted D (1990): - An improved chess font. - \tubissue{11}(4), 542\dash544. -} -\lst\treebusk - {Treebus K (1988): - Tekstwijzer, een gids voor het grafisch verwerken van tekst. - SDU. Den Haag. -} -\lst\tugpub - {TUG (publications): - TUGboat, TTN, \TeX niques. -\\ (TUGboat: Scholarly quarterly of TUG, with the proceedings of the annual - meeting as special issue, and the resource directory as - supplementary issue. From 1980 onward. - The style files involved are {\tt tugboat.cmn}, - and the styles {\tt tug\-boat}, and - {\tt ltug\-boat} available from the (CTAN) archives. -\\ \TeX niques: Special themed editions, with no 1 to 14 of 1993) - TTN: A portable quarterly newsletter of TUG. From 1990 onward.) -} -\lst\tutelaersp - {Tutelaers P (1991): - A font and a style for typesetting chess using \LaTeX\ or \TeX. - MAPS 91.2, 41\dash45. (Also \tubissue{13}(1), 85\dash90.) -} -\lst\urbanm - {Urban M (1986): - An introduction to \LaTeX. - TRW Software Productivity Project. - \TeX niques 9. -} -\lst\vensej - {Vens E.J (1992): - Incorporating POSTSCRIPT fonts in \TeX. - In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 173\dash181. - (Also in MAPS 92.2.) -} -\lst\vignaudd - {Vignaud D (1989): - L'\'edition structr\'ee dans les documents, - SGML applications \`a l'\'edition fran\c caise. - \'Editions du Cercle de la Librairie. Paris. -} -\lst\vriesh - {Vries H de (1990): Biedwedstrijd. - De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede - {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant. Maart. (Dutch) -} -\lst\warmerj - {Warmer J, S van Egmond (1989): - The implementation of the Amsterdam SGML Parser. - EP-ODD, 2, 2, 65\dash90. -} -\lst\whitneyrf - {Whitney R.F, B.N Beeton (1989): - TUGboat authors' guide. - \tubissue{10}(3), 378\dash385. - (Updated versions via the file server.) -} -\lst\wichuramj - {Wichura M.J (199?): - The \PiCTeX\ manual. - \TeX niques, 6. - (${\approx}\$30,$\dash.) -} -\lst\wichuramja - {Wichura M.J (1990): - Showing-off math macros. - \tubissue{11}(1), 57\dash61. -} -\lst\wilkinsonjh - {Wilkinson J.H (1965): - The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem. - Oxford University Press. -} -\lst\williamsl - {Williams L, L Hall (1990): - Increased efficiency using advanced EDT editing features. - \tubissue{11}(3), 421\dash424. -} -\lst\williamst - {Williams T, C Kelley (199?): - GNUplot: an interactive plotting program. - Version 3. -} -\lst\wilsonir - {Wilson I.R, A.M Addyman (1983, second edition, reprint): - A practical introduction to PASCAL with BS 6192. - Macmillan Press Ltd. ISBN 0 333 3340 3. -} -\lst\winninkjj - {Winnink J.J (editor, 1993): - NTG's PR set. - MAPS '93 Special, $\approx25$p. - (Contains: Wat is \TeX?, Hoenig's \TeX\ for new users, 4\TeX/em\TeX\ - information, and examples with respect to - math, tables, graphics, and the hobbies bridge, chess, and music.) -} -\lst\winogradt - {Winograd T, B Paxton (1980): - An indexing facility for \TeX. - \tubissue{1}(x), A1\dash A12. - \annotation{The work uses \TeX\ version 1.x and a Lisp - program. It does not contain such a clear user guide as for makeindex. - It provides numbers in range notation and allows for - subentries, and cross-references like see \dots and see also \dots. - The program can merge files. The program has been converted into - Pascal some years later. The latter version is available on file servers.} -} -\lst\wirthna - {Wirth N (1973): - Systematic Programming: An introduction. - Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-880369-2. -} -\lst\wirthnb - {Wirth N (1976): - Algorithms $+$ Data Structures $=$ Programs. - Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-022418-9. -} -\lst\wittbeckera - {Wittbecker A (1988): - Making paragraphs. - \tubissue{9}(3), 272\dash276. -} -\lst\wittbeckeraa - {Wittbecker A (1989): - \TeX\ enslaved. Proceedings TUG89. Stanford. - \annotation{Advantages and disadvantages of \TeX-formatter with SGML - ``front-end'' are discussed, related to DEC's VAX Document.} -} -\lst\wonnebergerr - {Wonneberger R (1987): Kompaktf\"uhrer \LaTeX. - Addison-Wesley. -} -\lst\yasukis - {Ysuki Saito (1987): - Report on J\TeX: a Japanese \TeX. - \tubissue{8}(2), 103\dash116. -} -\lst\youngenra - {Youngen R (1989): - Computers and Mathematics. - Notices AMS. - \annotation{Discusses \TeX, \LaTeX\ - and \AmSTeX, summarizing also the relative advantages. - Since the publication of this note \AmS-\LaTeX\ has been released, - and Spivak has provided \LAMSTeX. Of course these are not dealt with.} -} -\lst\youngenrb - {Youngen R (1991): - Typesetting with \TeX\ at the AMS. - 4p. - \annotation{A nice survey of why-and-what AMS is using \TeX\ for.} -} -\lst\youngenrc - {Youngen R (1992): - \TeX-based production at AMS. - MAPS 92.2, 63\dash68. -} -\lst\zalmstraj - {Zalmstra J, D.F. Rogers (1989): - A page make-up macro. - \tubissue{10}(1), 73--81. -} -\lst\zandta - {Zandt T van (1992): - PStricks. Princeton University. -} -\lst\zandtb - {Zandt T van, D Girou (1994): - Inside PStricks. - \tubissue{15}(3), 239\dash246. -} -\lst\zbikowskir - {Zbikowski R (1993): - Hacker's guide to AMSfonts and NFSS in the context of \LaTeX. - \tubissue{14}(1), 62\dash69. -} -\lst\zlatuskaja - {Zlatuska J (1991): - Virtual fonts with accented letters. - Cahiers GUTenberg 10\&11, 57\dash68. -} -\lst\zlatuskajb - {Zlatuska J (editor, 1992): - Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92. - Masarykova universita, Brno. ISBN 80-210-0480-0. -} -\lst\zusek - {Zuse K (1976): - The Plankalk\"ul, - Gesellschaft f\"ur Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung, - Bonn. BMFT-GMD-106. -} -%%end data -\endinput diff --git a/macros/blu/pic.dat b/macros/blu/pic.dat deleted file mode 100644 index 8a320cd5fd..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/pic.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1358 +0,0 @@ -%Copyright: C.G. van der Laan, -%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, (050)0594621525 -%File: pic.dat Set up of May, 1995 -\message{pic.dat browsed (Version: May 1996, cgl)} -% -\def\commonforpic{\csname newif\endcsname - \ifmarkorigin - \csname newif\endcsname\iffull -\def\markorigin{\hbox to0pt{\hss - \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt - \vrule height1exdepth1ex - \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt - \hss}% -}%end markorigin -\def\corners##1{%##1 size of corner bar - \put(.1,.1){\line(-1,0){##1}}% - \put(.1,.1){\line(0,-1){##1}}% - \put(.2,.2){\line(-1,0){##1}}% - \put(.2,.2){\line(0,-1){##1}}% -}%end corners -\def\card##1##2##3{%#1,#2 x,y coord.corner; #3 label - \put(##1,##2){\line(-1,0){1.25}} - \put(##1,##2){\line(0,-1){ .45}} - \put(##1,##2){\lower.45\unitlength - \hbox{\line(-1,0){ .25}}} - \put(##1,##2){\hbox to0pt{\kern-1.25\unitlength - \hbox{\line(0,-1){ .25}}\hss}} - \put(##1,##2){\lower.5\unitlength\hbox - {\hskip.05\unitlength{\tiny ##3}}} -}%end card -%45 degree rightupper diag dots at #1,#2 -\def\diagdots##1##2{\put(##1,##2){$\raise1pt - \hbox to0pt{\kern-1pt.\hss}\kern2pt^{.^.}$}} -%\thinlines %(default in blue.tex) -\def\fatlbrace{\delimiter"4000308 } -}%end commonforpic -% -% -% -\lst\bintreepic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup\unitlength.5ex - \kk32 \xoffset{-32} \yoffset{-5}% - \xdim{66}\ydim{5}% - \def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi} -\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\bluemodelpic{\bgroup\unitlength=3.5ex - \yoffset{-.75} - \xdim{13}\ydim{12} -\beginpicture -\def\str{\lower.5ex\null} -%baseline -\put(1,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}} -\put(4,0){\vector(1,0){.9}} -\put(2.5,0){\makebox(0,0){extras}} -\put(6,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}} -\put(12,0){\vector(1,0){.9}} -\put(9,0){\makebox(0,0){BLUe's format}} -% -\put(0,4){\framebox(4,2){Extensions}} -\put(0,8){\framebox(4,2){Publ.\ - formats}} -%Horizontal connection lines -\put(4,5){\line(1,0){2}} -\put(4,9){\line(1,0){2}} -%\multiput(4,5)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to -% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}} -%\multiput(4,9)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to -% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}} -%Vertical separation line -\multiput(5,0)(0,1){11}{\vrule - height.5\unitlength\relax} -\put(6,4){\framebox(4,6){\vbox{% - \hbox{\tiny outer tags} - \kern1.25\unitlength - \hbox{blue.tex} - \kern1.25\unitlength - \hbox{\tiny inner tags}}}} -%\put(6,4){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{% -% \hbox{\strut Inner}\hbox{Tags}}}} -%\put(6,8){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{% -% \hbox{\strut Outer}\hbox{Tags}}}} -\put(9.1,8.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip - \hbox{\tiny\str ppt}\hbox{\tiny\str ref}% - }} -\put(9.1,4.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip - \hbox{\tiny\str man}% - \hbox{\tiny\str gkp}% - \hbox{\tiny\str\raise2ex\null crs}% - \hbox{\tiny\str vrb}% - \hbox{\tiny\str btb}\hbox{\tiny - \str abr}}} -%\put(8,6){\line(0,1){2}} -%Databases next -%Outer database -%\multiput(10,9)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to -% .2\unitlength{-\hss}} -\put(10,9){\line(1,0){1}} -\put(11,7){\line(0,1){2}} -%\card{12.25}{7.25}{fmt.dat} -\put(11,7){\framebox(1.25, .5){}} -\put(12.3, 7){{\tiny fmt.dat}} -%Inner databases -\put(10,5){\line(1,0){1}} -%\multiput(10,5)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to -% .2\unitlength{-\hss}} -\put(11,3){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(10,1){\framebox(2,2){\vbox{% - \hbox{\strut Data}\hbox{Bases}}}} -% -\card{12.25}{3.25}{tools.dat} -\card{12.5 }{3.5 }{obsolete.dat} -\card{12.75}{3.75}{pic.dat} -\card{13 }{4 }{lit.dat} -\card{13.25}{4.25}{address.dat} -% -%\diagdots{13.35}{4.35} -% -\put(4,6){\corners{.975}}% -\put(4,10){\corners{.975}} -\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}% -}%end bluemodelpic -% -\lst\bluepagepic{\vbox{\arrows{2cm}{\small headline} -\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny headlinesep(2ex)\hss} -\hbox{\vrule\vbox to 3cm{\hrule\offinterlineskip - \hbox to2cm{\hss$\uparrow$\hss}\vss - \arrows{2cm}{\lower3pt\null\small pagewd} - \vss - \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small v\hss} - \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small s\hss} - \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small i\hss} - \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small z\hss} - \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small e\hss} -\vss\hbox to2cm{\hss$\downarrow$\hss}\hrule -}\vrule}\kern-.7\baselineskip -\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny footlinesep(1ex)\hss} -\arrows{2cm}{\small footline} -}} -% -\lst\cantordustpic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup -\def\cf{{\E{\the\k}}\divide\k3 - \ifnum0=\k \fc\fi - \advance\y-3\unitlength - {\cf}\advance\x\the\k\unitlength - \advance\x\the\k\unitlength - \cf}% -\def\fc##1\cf{\fi}% -\k243 \unitlength1pt -\xdim{243}\yoffset{-10}% -\beginpicture\cf\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\cglpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt% -\xdim{1}\ydim{1}% -\beginpicture -\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,0,1,0)} -\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,1,0,1)} -\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)} -\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)} -\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,1,1)} -\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,0,0)} -\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}% -}%end \cgl -% -\lst\chartpic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup -\def\bintree{\E{\the\ekk}\ifnum\kk=2 \eertnib\fi - \divide\kk2 {\N{\the\kk}\bintree}% - \S{\the\kk}\bintree}% -\def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi}% -\let\Eold\E -\def\E{\global\advance\k1 - \xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}\Eold}% -\def\1{LMB, 1912}% -\def\2{MJHB, 1882}\def\5{PAME, 1884}% -\def\3{JHB, 1838}\def\4{MDB, 1840}% -\def\6{EFE, 1845}\def\7{CLW, 1850}% -\ekk8\k0\unitlength2ex\kk8 -\xdim{25}\ydim{17}\yoffset{-8}% -\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\dragonpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup -\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalW -\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalE -\def\dragon{\k0 - \loop \draw - \advance\k1 \kk\k \calcdir - \ifnum\k<\kmax - \repeat} -\def\calcdir{\ifodd\kk \kaux\kk - \divide\kaux4 \multiply\kaux4 \advance\kk-\kaux - \advance\dir\kk \ifnum\dir>3 \advance\dir-4 \fi - \else\divide\kk2 \ea\calcdir\fi} -\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1} -\unitlength2ex -\dir0\x0pt\y0pt \kmax4 -\beginpicture\dragon\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\flowchartlooppic -{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex - \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-.3} - \xdim{5}\ydim{7.5} -\beginpicture -\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi -\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2}} -\put(0,0){\line(0,1){6}} -\put(0,6){\vector(1,0){2}} -\put(2,6.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}} -\put(1,4){\framebox(2,1){pretst}} -\put(2,4){\vector(0,-1){.5}} -%rhombus -\put(2,3){\rhombus(2,1)1{tst}} -%\put(1,3){\line(2,1){1}} -%\put(1,3){\line(2,-1){1}} -%\put(3,3){\line(-2,1){1}} -%\put(3,3){\line(-2,-1){1}} -%\put(2,3){\makebox(0,0){tst}} -% -\put(2,2.5){\line(0,-1){0.5}} -\put(1,1){\framebox(2,1){posttst}} -\put(2,1){\line(0,-1){1}} -% -\put(3,3){\line(1,0){1}} -\put(4,3){\vector(0,-1){3}} -\put(4,2.5){\kern2pt`{\tt\char92else}'} -\endpicture\egroup%end flowchartlooppic -} -\lst\furutapic -{\bgroup\unitlength=4ex\yoffset{-1} - \xdim{14}\ydim{4.5} -\beginpicture -%\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi -\put(1, 1){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(1, 1){\makebox(0, 0){Start}} -\put(2, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -\put(3.5,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Edit}} -\put(5.5, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -\put(7,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Format}} -\put(9, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -\put(11.5, 1){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(11.5, 1){\makebox(0, 0){End}} -\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,8,11.5,1.85,4,1.6)} -\put(11.65,1.55)\rdarrowhead -\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,6.25,8,.1,-1,.1)} -\put(4.5,.175)\luarrowhead -\endpicture\egroup%end furutapic -} -% -\lst\gpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt% -\xdim{1}\ydim{1}% -\beginpicture -\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)} -\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)} -\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.75,1,1)} -\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.25,.5,.5)} -\put(0,0){\squine(.4,.8,.8, 0, 0,.25)} -\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}% -}%end \gpic -% -\lst\hfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup -\def\mod##1{\advance\dir##1 - \ifnum3<\dir \advance\dir-4 \fi}%mod 4 -\def\nxt{\csname\the\dir\endcsname - {\the\kk}\multiply\kk17\divide\kk24 - \advance\level-1 \hf}% -\def\hf{\ifnum\level=0 \fh\fi - {\mod1\nxt}\mod3\nxt\relax}% -\def\fh##1\relax{\fi}% -\unitlength.1ex - \xdim{80}\ydim{140}\yoffset{-60}% - \kk48 \dir0 \level6 -\beginpicture\hf\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\indmodelpic -{\bgroup\unitlength=6ex - \xdim{7.5}\ydim{6} -\beginpicture -\put(2,0){\makebox(0,0){Result}} -\put(2,1){\vector(0,-1){.8}} -\put(2,1.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{pasteupindex}}} -\put(5.5,1.6){\vector(-1,0){3}} -\put(2,3){\vector(0,-1){1.5}} -\put(2,3.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{sortindex}}} -\put(2.5,2.9){\line(1,0){3}} -\put(5.5, 2.9){\vector(0,-1){.5}} -\put(5.5, 2.25){\makebox(0,0){`Enrich' index.elm\ }} -\put(5.5, 2){\line(0,-1){.4}} -\put(2,4.3){\vector(0,-1){.8}} -\put(2,4.5){\makebox(0,0){Copy + IR markup}} -\put(2,5.55){\vector(0,-1){.8}} -\put(3,5.75){\makebox(0,0){\cs{input} blue - \cs{loadindexmacros} \cs{report}}} -\endpicture\egroup} -%end indmodelpic -% -\lst\kochfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup -\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalE -\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalW -\def\left{\advance\dir3 \ifnum\dir>3 - \advance\dir-4 \fi}% -\def\right{\advance\dir1 \ifnum\dir>3 - \advance\dir-4 \fi}% -\def\koch{\ifnum\kk=1 \draw\hcok\fi - {\divide\kk4 - \koch\left\koch\right\koch\right\koch\koch - \left\koch\left\koch\right\koch}\relax} -\def\hcok##1\relax{\fi}% -\x0pt\y0pt\dir1\kk4 \unitlength1ex -\beginpicture\koch\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\lettertreepic -{\bgroup\smallskip\small - \unitlength2ex - \xdim{25}\ydim{17} - \def\makebox(##1##2)##3{\hbox - to##1\unitlength{\vbox to##2\unitlength - {\vss\hbox{##3}\vfil}\hss}} -\beginpicture -\put(0,8.9){\makebox(4,0){Letter\lower.2ex\null}} -\put(5,9){\line(-1,0){1.5}} -%first level -%vert line -\put(5,2){\line(0,1){14}}%End coordinates (5,16) -%hor lines -\multiput(5,2)(0,2){8}{\line(1,0){.75}} -%texts -\put(6,1.9){\makebox(5,0){Post}} -\put(6,3.9){\makebox(5,0){Signed}} -\put(6,5.9){\makebox(5,0){Body}} -\put(6,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Subject}} -\put(6,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Addr$+$}} -\put(6,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Date}} -\put(6,13.9){\makebox(5,0){Yourref}} -\put(6,15.9){\makebox(5,0){Ref}} -%\put(6,17.9){\makebox(5,0){Header}} -%Considered as format issue -%Second level -%hor lines -\put(11,2){\line(-1,0){2}} -\put(11,6){\line(-1,0){1.5}} -\put(11,10){\line(-1,0){1}} -%vert lines -\put(11,1){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(11,5){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(11,8){\line(0,1){4}} -%hor lines -\multiput(11,1)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}} -\multiput(11,5)(0,2){2}{\line(1,0){.75}} -\multiput(11,8)(0,2){3}{\line(1,0){.75}} -%texts -\put(12,.9){\makebox(5,0){cc$*$}} -\put(12,1.9){\makebox(7,0){Enclosures$*$}} -\put(12,2.9){\makebox(5,0){PS$*$}} -\put(12,4.9){\makebox(5,0){p$+$}} -\put(12,6.9){\makebox(5,0){Dear}} -\put(12,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Comm}} -\put(12,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Address}} -\put(12,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Name}} -%Third level -%hor lines -\put(17,5){\line(-1,0){2}} -\put(17,8){\line(-1,0){1}} -\put(17,10){\line(-1,0){.75}} -\put(17,12){\line(-1,0){1}} -%Vert lines -\put(17,4){\line(0,1){2}} -\put(17,7.5){\line(0,1){1}} -\put(17,9.5){\line(0,1){1}} -\put(17,11.5){\line(0,1){1}} -%hor lines -\multiput(17,4)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}} -\multiput(17,7.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}} -\multiput(17,9.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}} -\multiput(17,11.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}} -%texts -\put(18,3.9){\makebox(5,0){hp$*$}} -\put(18,4.9){\makebox(5,0){q$*$}} -\put(18,5.9){\makebox(5,0){list$*$}} -\put(18,7.4){\makebox(5,0){e-mail$*$}} -\put(18,8.4){\makebox(5,0){phone$*$}} -\put(18,9.4){\makebox(5,0){city}} -\put(18,10.4){\makebox(5,0){street}} -\put(18,11.4){\makebox(5,0){given}} -\put(18,12.4){\makebox(5,0){family}} -%fourth level -\put(21.75,9.5){\line(-1,0){1.25}} -\put(21.75,10.5){\line(-1,0){.25}} -\put(22,9.4){\makebox(5,0){country}} -\put(22,10.4){\makebox(5,0){code}} -\endpicture -\egroup} -%end lettertreepic -% -\lst\levyfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup -\def\summodfour{{\modsum0 - \loop \ifodd\k \advance\modsum1 \fi - \divide\k2 \ifnum\k>0 - \repeat \global\dir\modsum - \divide\modsum4 \multiply\modsum4 - \global\advance\dir-\modsum}} -\def\levyfractal{\loop\summodfour - \draw \advance\k1 - \ifnum\k<\order \repeat} -\unitlength1ex\x0pt\y0pt -\k0 \dir0 \order256 -\kk1 %argument for \draw -\ydim{14}%\yoffset{-7}% -\xdim{21}\xoffset{-2}% -\beginpicture\levyfractal\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\linespic -{\bgroup\unitlength1cm - \yoffset{-1.5} - \xdim{7}\ydim{3} -\beginpicture -\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi -\line(1,-1){1} -\line(1,1){1} -\makebox(2,0){Beer} -\disk{.25}\quad -\circle{.5} -\endpicture\egroup%end linespic -} -% -\lst\metapostpic{\bgroup -\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10} -\xoffset{-6} -\beginpicture -\put(-2,0){\framebox(4,1){.ps}} -\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-6,2){\makebox(12,1){dvips, or \dots}} -\put(0,2.5){\oval(12,1)} -\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){.eps}} -\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){MetaPost}} -\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(-4,7){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-6,8){\framebox(4,1){.mp}} -% -\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1} -\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}} -\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1} -\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}} -\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(4,7){\line(0,1)1} -\put(2,8){\framebox(4,1){.tex}} -\put(6,9){\corners1} -\put(6.4,9){{\tiny (e)psfig}} -\endpicture\egroup} -% -\lst\ntgpiepic -{\bgroup\unitlength=7ex - \xoffset{-3}\yoffset{-2.25} - \xdim{6}\ydim{5} -\beginpicture -%1st quadrant -%\bezier{100}(2, 0)(2, .54)(1.79, .89) - % 0 - `30' 2:1-lijn -%\bezier{60}(1.79, .89)(1.46, 1.46)(1, -%1.73) -\put(0,0){\squine(1.79,1.46,1,.89,1.46, - 1.73)} - % `30' - 60 -%\bezier{60}(1, 1.73)(.54, 2)(0, 2) - % 60 - 90 -\put(0,0){\squine(1,.54,0,1.73,2,2)} -%2nd quadrant -%\bezier{60}(0, 2)(-.54, 2)(-1, 1.73) - % 90 - 120 -\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.54,-1,2,2,1.73)} -%\bezier{60}(-1,1.73)(-1.46,1.46)(-1.73, -%1) - %120 - 150 -\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-1.46,-1.73,1.73, - 1.46,1)} -%\bezier{60}(-1.73, 1)(-2, .54)(-2, 0) - %150 - 180 -\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-2,-2,1,.54,0)} -%3rd quadrant -%\bezier{60}(-2, 0)(-2, -.54)(-1.73, -1) - %180 - 210 -\put(0,0){\squine(-2,-2,-1.73,0,-.54, - -1)} -%\bezier{60}(-1.73,-1)(-1.46,-1.46)(-1, -%-1.73) - %210 -240 -\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-1.46,-1,-1, - -1.46,-1.73)} -%\bezier{60}(-1, -1.73)(-.54, -2)(0, -2) - %240 - 270 -\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-.54,0,-1.73,-2,-2)} -%4th quadrant -%\bezier{60}(0, -2)(.54, -2)(1, -1.73) - %270 - 300 -\put(0,0){\squine(0,.54,1,-2,-2,-1.73)} -%\bezier{60}(1,-1.73)(1.46,-1.46)(1.73,-1) - %300 - 330 -\put(0,0){\squine(1,1.46,1.73,-1.73, - -1.46,-1)} -%\bezier{60}(1.73, -1)(2, -.54)(2, 0) - %330 - 360 -\put(0,0){\squine(1.73,2,2,-1,-.54,0)} -%division lines -\put(0, 0){\line(1, 0){2}} -\put(0, 0){\line(2, 1){1.79}} - %1.79 = 2 cos arctg .5 -%\put(0, 0){\line(-2, 1){1.79}} -%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.81, .59)(-1.61, -%1.18) - %-.81 = cos 144; .59 = sin 144 -\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.81,-1.61,0,.59, - 1.18)} -%\put(0, 0){\line(-1, -2){.89}} - % .89 = 2 sin arctg .5 -%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.59, -.81)(-1.18, -%-1.62) - %-.59 = cos -126; -.81 = sin -126 -\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.59,-1.18,0,-.81, - -1.62)} -%piece -%\bezier{60}(2.5, 0.1)(2.5, .64)(2.29, -%.99) - % shift .5, .1 -\put(0,0){\squine(2.5,2.5,2.29,0.1,.64, - .99)} -\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(1, 0){2}} -\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(2, 1){1.79}} -%Candles: -%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(-.15,1.45)(0,1.61) -\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.15,0,1.31,1.45, - 1.61)} -%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(.175,1.45)(0,1.61) -\put(0,0){\squine(0,.175,0,1.31,1.45, - 1.61)} -%Middle -\put(-.1,.11){\line(0,1){1.2}} -\put(.1,.05){\line(0,1){.95}} -\put(.1,1.1){\line(-2,3){.2}} -%Left -%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.40,1.6)( -%-.25,1.76) -\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.40,-.25, - 1.46,1.6,1.76)} -%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.075,1.6)( -%-.25,1.76) -\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.075,-.25, - 1.46,1.6,1.76)} -\put(-.35,.26){\line(0,1){1.2}} -\put(-.15,.21){\line(0,1){.95}} -\put(-.15,1.15){\line(-2,3){.2}} -%Right -%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.40,1.6)(.25, -%1.76) -\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.40,.25,1.46, - 1.6,1.76)} -%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.075,1.6)(.25, -%1.76) -\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.075,.25,1.46, - 1.6,1.76)} -\put(.35,.25){\line(0,1){1.2}} -\put(.15,.2){\line(0,1){.95}} -\put(.15,1.15){\line(2,3){.2}} -%Leftleft -%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.65,1.75)( -%-.5,1.91) -\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.65,-.5,1.61, - 1.75,1.91)} -%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.325,1.75)( -%-.5,1.91) -\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.325,-.5,1.61, - 1.75,1.91)} -\put(-.6,.41){\line(0,1){1.2}} -\put(-.4,.36){\line(0,1){.95}} -\put(-.4,1.3){\line(-2,3){.2}} -%Rightright -%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.65,1.75)(.5, -%1.91) -\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.65,.5,1.61,1.75, - 1.91)} -%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.325,1.75)(.5, -%1.91) -\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.325,.5,1.61, - 1.75,1.91)} -\put(.6,.4){\line(0,1){1.2}} -\put(.4,.35){\line(0,1){.95}} -\put(.4,1.3){\line(2,3){.2}} -%texts -\put(-1, -.1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut - Happy}} -\put(.5, -1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut - Birthday}} -\put(1.9, .35){\makebox(0, 0){\strut - NTG}} -\endpicture\egroup%end ntgpiepic -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\overviewtexpic -{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex \fullfalse - \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-2.75} - \xdim{15}\ydim{16.5} -\beginpicture -%1st column -\put(1, 0){\line(0, 1){1.5}} -\put(1, 2){\oval(2, 1)} -\iffull\put(1.1, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse - \oval(2, 1)} - \put(2.1, 2){{\tiny .ps}} - \put(1.2, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse - \oval(2, 1)} - \put(2.3, 2.2){{\tiny .log}} -\fi -\put(1, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.pk}} -\put(1, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}} -\put(-.5, 4){\framebox(3, 1){% - METAFONT}} -\iffull\card{2.75}{5.25}{-{%\smc%Too large - post}} -\fi -\put(1, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}} -\put(1, 7){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(1, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.mf}} -%second column -\put(7.5, -.5){\framebox(2, 1){% - driver}} -\put(9.5,.5){\corners{.5}}% -\put(8.5, 1.5){\vector(0, -1){1}} - %mod 24/1/94 -\put(8.5, 2){\oval(2, 1)} -\iffull - \put(8.6, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse - \oval(2, 1)} - \put(9.6, 2){{\tiny .log}} -%\put(8.7, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse -% \oval(2, 1)} -\fi -\put(8.5, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.dvi}} -\put(8.5, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}} -\put(7.5, 4){\framebox(2, 1){\TeX}} -%Flavours -\card{ 9.75}{5.25}{BLUe} -\card{10 }{5.5 }{La\TeX} -\card{10.25}{5.75}{AMS-(La)\TeX} -%\diagdots{10.35}{5.85} -% -\put(8.5, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}} -\put(8.5, 7){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(8.5, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.tex}} -% -\multiput(8.5, 9)(0, -.415){3}{% - \line(0, -1){.25}} -\put(8.5, 8.7){\vector(0, 1){.3}} -\put(8.5, 7.8){\vector(0, -1){.3}} -\put(7.5, 9){\framebox(2, 1){editor}} -%Tools -\card{ 9.75}{10.25}{Spell} -\card{10 }{10.5 }{Style} -%\diagdots{10.1}{10.6} -% -\put(8.5, 11.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}} -\put(8.5, 12){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(8.5, 12){\makebox(0, 0){copy}} -%basis -\put(1, 0){\vector(1, 0){6.5}} -\put(9.5, 0){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -\put(11, -.75){\framebox(2, 1.5){\vbox{% - \hbox{printer} - \hbox{screen}}}} -%middle -\multiput(5, 5.25)(0, 1){3}{% - \line(0,1){.5}} -\multiput(5, .25)(0, 1){4}{% - \line(0,1){.5}} -\multiput(5, -2.25)(0, .5){2}{% - \line(0,1){.25}} -\put(5,-.5){\line(0,1){.25}} -%PostScript -\iffull - \put(1, -1){\oval(2, .5)} - \put(1, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny A-Type1}}} - \put(1.1, -.9){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse - \oval(2, .5)} - \put(1.2, -.8){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse - \oval(2, .5)} - \multiput(2, -1)(.45, 0){4}{% - \line(1,0){.25}} - \put(4,-1){\vector(1,0){0}} - \put(4, -1.250){\framebox(2, .5){% - {\tiny \PS}}} - \multiput(6, -1)(.45, 0){8}{% - \line(1,0){.25}} - \put(9.75,-1){\vector(1,0){0}} - \put(10.25, -1){\oval(1, .5)} - \put(10.25, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .ps}}} - \multiput(10.75, -1)(.45, 0){5}{% - \line(1,0){.25}} - \put(13.25,-1){\vector(1,0){0}} - \put(12,-1){\vector(0,1){.25}} - \put(13.25, -1.25){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}} - \put(14.75, -.75){\corners{.5}} - \multiput(14, -.625)(0,1){2}{\line(0,1){.25}} - \put(13.25, .75){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}} - \put(14.75, 1.25){\corners{.5}} - \put(14, 0){\oval(1,.5)} - \put(14, 0){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .pdf}}} - \multiput(13.25,1)(-.5, 0){3}{\line(-1,0){.25}} - \put(12, 1){\vector(0,-1){.25}} - \put(8.5, -1){\vector(0, 1){.5}} - \put(8.5,-.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}} -\else - \put(5, -1){\line(0, -1){.25}} -\fi -% -\put(2.5, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -\put(5, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)} -\put(5, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.tfm}} -\put(6, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}} -%Source variants -\iffull - \put(9.5, 7){\vector(-1,0){0}} - \multiput(9.5, 7)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}} - \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}} - \put(11, 7.375){\vector(1,0){0}} - \put(11, 7.125){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny SGML}} - \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(0,-.5){2}{\line(0,-1){.25}} - \multiput(10.25, 6.625)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}} - \put(11,6.625){\vector(1,0){0}} - \put(11,6.375){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny HTML}} - %\put(12, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)} - %\put(12, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.log}} -\fi -%base line -\put(.51,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}} -\put(2.25, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){Fonts}} -\put(3.9,-2.25){\vector( 1, 0){1}} -\put(6.1,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}} -\put(9, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){% - Typesetting}} -\put(11.9,-2.25){\vector(1, 0){1}} -\endpicture\egroup%end overviewtexpic -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\partitionedmatrixpic{\bgroup - \def\vdts{\vbox{\baselineskip4pt - \lineskiplimit0pt - \vglue2pt\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}% -\vcenter{\offinterlineskip%No interline -% space in between parts -\halign{\hfil$##$&\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%2-column -%first row with braces, element 11 empty -{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm% - {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox{ - $\scriptstyle p$}\kern2pt}} - \enspace\hfil\mathop{\hbox to.6cm% - {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox to - 0pt{\hss$\scriptstyle n-p$\hss}\kern2pt}}% - \enspace\hfil\cr % end first row -%Separation between first (border) row and -%rest -\noalign{\vglue.5ex} -%first column with braces -\vcenter{\kern1ex% - \hbox{${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to5.5ex{} - \right.$}\kern1.5ex - \hbox{\llap{$\scriptstyle n{-}$}% - ${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to4ex{} - \right.$}} -&%22-element is the matrix proper -\left(\vcenter{\offinterlineskip -\halign{\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil& -\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil -\tabskip=.5\tabskip&\vdts##& -\tabskip=2\tabskip -\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil& -\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%end template -\times&\times&\times&\times&&\times& - \times&\times\cr -0 &\times&\times&\times&&\times& - \times&\times\cr -0 &0 &\times&\times&&\times& - \times&\times\cr -0 &0 &0 &\times&&\times& - \times&\times\cr -\noalign{\vglue.5ex} -\multispan8\dotfill\cr -0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times& - \times&\times\cr -0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times& - \times&\times\cr -0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times& -\times&\times\cr}%end halign (22) -}%end vcenter -\right)\cr %end 22-element -%Separation between last (border) row -%and rest -\noalign{\vglue1ex} -{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm{% - \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt - \amyicurt{4ex}{1.5ex}}} - \enspace\hfil - \mathop{\hbox to.6cm{% - \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt - \unitlength1ex - \icmat4{1.5}}}\enspace\hfil% -\cr % end last row -}%end halign -}\egroup%end vbox -}%end partitionedmatrixpic -% -\lst\pstexpic{%cgl, June 1996 -\bgroup -\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{14} -\xoffset{-6} -\beginpicture -\put(-2,0){\makebox(4,1){P/G-script}} -\put(0,.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,2){\framebox(4,1){.ps}} -\put(0,3){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,4){\makebox(4,1){dvips}} -\put(0,4.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(0,5){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,6){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}} -\put(2,7){\corners1} -\put(2.4,7){{\tiny .eps}} -\put(0,7){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,8){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}} -\put(0,8.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(0,9){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,10){\framebox(4,1){.tex}} -\put(2,11){\corners1} -\put(2.4,11){{\tiny (e)psfig}} -% -\put(0,11){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-2,12){\makebox(4,1){editor}} -\put(0,12.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(2,12.5){\line(1,0)1} -\put(3,12.5){\line(0,-1)1} -\put(3,10.5){\line(0,-1)3} -\endpicture\egroup} -% -\lst\pythpic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup -%\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx -%\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty -\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE -\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW -\def\right{\turn2}% -\def\left{\turn6}% -\def\turn##1{\advance\dir##1 - \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8 -\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}% -\def\ldrawsq{\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y - \right\draw \rightx\x \righty\y - \right\draw - \right\draw - \right}% -\def\rdrawsq{\draw \rightx\x \righty\y - \left\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y - \left\draw - \left\draw - \left}% -\let\drawsq\ldrawsq -\def\pyth{\ifnum\level=1 \htyp\fi - \drawsq\advance\level-1 \multiply\kk18\divide\kk25 - {\turn7\x\leftx \y\lefty \let\drawsq\ldrawsq\pyth}% - \turn1\x\rightx \y\righty\let\drawsq\rdrawsq\pyth} -\def\htyp##1\pyth{\fi}% -\unitlength0.2ex\kk20 -\rightx\the\kk\unitlength -\divide\rightx2 \x-\rightx%positioning -\level5 -\xdim{28}\ydim{70}\xoffset{-9}% -\beginpicture\pyth\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\pythtreepic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup -\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE -\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW -\def\leftbranch{\advance\dir7 - \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8 -\def\rightbranch{\advance\dir1 - \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8 -\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}} -\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level=1 \eerthtyp\fi - \advance\level-1 - \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32 - {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}% - \rightbranch\draw\pythtree} -\def\eerthtyp##1\pythtree{\fi} -%alternative -%\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level>1 -% \expandafter\dopyth\fi} -%\def\dopyth{\advance\level-1 -% \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32 -% {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}% -% \rightbranch\draw\pythtree} -%\linethickness.2pt - \unitlength.2pt - \level6 \dir0 \kk90 -\xdim{285}\ydim{285}\xoffset{-90}% -\beginpicture -\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule - width\the\linethickness - height\the\linethickness depth0pt} -\N{\the\kk}\pythtree\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}}%end \pythtreepic -% -\lst\regulartransparencypic{ -\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm - \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex} - \vskip.5ex\noindent - \centerline{\x Title Transparencies Set} - \line{\x\w\vbox to 10ex{\vss - \rlap{\x LOGO}\vss}\hfill - \vbox to 10ex{\vss - \x\baselineskip3ex - \llap{\x headtitle} - \llap{\x subheadtitle} - \llap{\x subsubheadtitle} - \vss}\w} - \hrule\vfil - \centerline{o\ o} - \centerline{\vrt} - \centerline{\teni\char'136} - \vfil\hrule\vskip.5ex - \line{\x\w\rlap{\x date}\hfill - --number--\hfill - \llap{\x copyright}\w} - \vskip.5ex} -% -\vbox{\vskip1ex\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss - Regular Transparency\hss} -\kern2ex -\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}} -} -\lst\rotatedbintreepic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup\unitlength1ex% - \let\W\N \let\exchange\E - \let\E\S \let\S\exchange - \def\1{x}\def\2{y}\def\3{a}\def\4{b}% - \def\5{piet}\def\6{hans}\def\7{etc.}\def\8{}% - \k0\kk16\xdim{10}\ydim{30}% -\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\sgmltexpic -{\bgroup\csname newcount\endcsname\leg -\unitlength2.5ex\xoffset{-13} -\xdim{20}\ydim{25} -\beginpicture -\put(-7,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){% - (La)\TeX}} -\put(-2,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){% - TROFF}} -\put(3,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){\dots}} -\advance \leg by 4 -%hark -\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}} -\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}} -\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}} -\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(1,0){5}} -%backarrow -\put( 0,\the\leg){\line(1,0){5}} -%converters -\put(5.5,\the\leg){\vtop to 0pt{% -\hbox{Specific}\hbox{format file}\vss}} -\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0, 1){1}} -%backarrow -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(-4,\the\leg){\framebox(8,2){% - $\vcenter{\hbox{Generic markup} - \hbox{$\Rightarrow$\ - procedural}}$ - } - } -\advance \leg by 2 -\put(4,\the\leg){\corners1} -%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(0, -1){1}} -%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(-1, 0){1}} -%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(0, -1){1}} -%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(-1, 0){1}} -\put(4.4,\the\leg.2){{\tiny Formats}} -% -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}} -\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0, 1){0}} -%backarrow head -%applications -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(-10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Exchange}} -\put(-5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Storage}} -\put(0,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){% - Publication}} -\put(5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){% - Database}} -\put(10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){% -\vtop to 0pt{\hbox{(Text-)} - \hbox{analysis}\vss}}} -%hark -\advance \leg by 2 -\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}} -\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}} -\put(-10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}} -\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}} -\put(10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}} -\put(-10.5,\the\leg){\line(1,0){21}} -\put(11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}} -\put(-11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}} -\advance \leg by 2 -\put(0,\the\leg){\line(0,-1){2}} -\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,1){0}} -%back (up) arrow head -\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,1){% - Complete, correct SGML doc.}} -\advance \leg by 2 -\put(.5,\the\leg.25){Parser} -\advance \leg by 2 -\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){3}} -%\advance \leg by 1 -\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,3){ - $\vcenter{\hbox{|<|!SGML - - - declaration - -|>|} - \hbox{|<|!DOCTYPE - - - declaration - -|>|} - \hbox{|<|! - - - Markup copy - -|>|}}$ - } - } -\advance \leg by 3 -%\corners -\put(7.5,\the\leg){\corners2} -%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(0,-1){2}} -%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(-1,0){2}} -%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(0,-1){2}} -%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(-1,0){2}} -\put(7.9,\the\leg.2){{\tiny DTDs}} -% -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(.5,\the\leg){Editor} -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){2.5}} -\advance \leg by 1 -\put(0,\the\leg){\framebox(0,0){\strut - ``Copy''}} -\endpicture\egroup%end sgmltexpic -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\sierpinskitripic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup -\def\triangle{\ifnum\kk=0 \elgnairt\fi - {\N{\the\kk}}{\E{\the\kk}}\divide\kk2 - {\triangle}% - {\advance\x\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}% - \advance\y\the\kk\unitlength\triangle} -\def\elgnairt##1\triangle{\fi} -\unitlength1ex\kk16 -\xdim{16}\ydim{16} -\beginpicture\triangle\endpicture -\egroup\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\simplepic -{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm - \xdim{3}\ydim{1.25} -\beginpicture -\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi -\put(1.5,.5){\oval(2,1)} -\put(0.5,0){\makebox(2,1){Kees}} -\endpicture\egroup%end simplepic -} -\lst\spiralpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup\unitlength.5ex\k30 - \xdim{\the\k}\ydim{34}% - \yoffset{-\the\k}% -\beginpicture - \loop\E{\the\k}\advance\k-1 - \S{\the\k}\advance\k-1 - \W{\the\k}\advance\k-1 - \N{\the\k}\advance\k-1 - \ifnum\k>4 \repeat -\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\texflowpic -{\bgroup\smallskip\small -\unitlength=2.5ex -\xdim{18}\ydim{19}\yoffset{2} -\beginpicture -\put(6,1.5){\makebox(0,0){``Copy''}} -\put(6,20.5){\makebox(0,0){``Results''}} -\put(6,5){\oval(6,2)} -\put(6,5){\makebox(0,0){Editor}} -\put(6,9){\oval(6,2)} -\put(6,9){\makebox(0,0){\AllTeX}} -\put(6,13){\makebox(0,0){{\rm Error?}}} -\put(6,17){\oval(6,2)} -\put(6,17){\makebox(0,0){Driver}} -\put(12,4){%\dashbox{.5}(8,2){\makebox(0,0){% - \framebox(8,2){\vbox{% - \hbox{\tiny Spelling checker} - \hbox{\tiny Style tools}}}} -\put(0.2,13.2){Yes} -\put(6.50,14.5){No} -\put(6,2){\vector(0,1){2}} -\put(6,6){\vector(0,1){2}} -\put(6,10){\vector(0,1){2}} -\put(6,14){\vector(0,1){2}} -\put(6,18){\vector(0,1){2}} -\put(0,13){\line(0,-1){8}} -\put(9,5){\vector(1,0){3}} -\put(12,5){\vector(-1,0){3}} -\put(0,5){\vector(1,0){3}} -\put(3,13){\line(-1,0){3}} -\put(3,13){\line(3,1){3}} -\put(3,13){\line(3,-1){3}} -\put(9,13){\line(-3,1){3}} -\put(9,13){\line(-3,-1){3}} -\endpicture -%\caption{Correction cyclus \label{correctie}} -\smallskip\egroup -} -\lst\systemtheorypic -{\bgroup -\unitlength1cm\xoffset{-1.5} -\xdim{7}\ydim{2.25} -\beginpicture -\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi -\put(-1,1.75){$u_1$} -\put(-.4,1.5){$^{\fivesy+}$} -\put(-1,1.5){\vector(1,0){.9}} -\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){1.4}} -\put(-.3,1.125){$^{\fivesy+}$} -\put(0,1.5){\circle{.1}} -% -\put(.1,1.5){\vector(1,0){1.65}} -\put(.5,1.25){$e_1$} -\put(1.75,1.125){\framebox(1,.75){$G$}} -\put(2.75,1.5){\line(1,0){1.75}} -% -\put(4.5,1.5){\vector(0,-1){1.4}} -\put(4.6,.2){$^{\fivesy+}$} -\put(4.5,0){\circle{.1}} -% -\put(1.75,0){\line(-1,0){1.75}} -\put(1.75,-.375){\framebox(1,.75){$K$}} -\put(4.4,0){\vector(-1,0){1.65}} -\put(3.25,-.25){$e_1$} -% -\put(5.5,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}} -\put(4.7,-.375){$^{\fivesy+}$} -\put(5.5,-.25){\llap{$u_2$}} -\endpicture -\egroup%end systemtheorypic -} - -\lst\titletransparencypic{% -\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm - \let\s\sevenrm - \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex} - \vskip7ex\noindent - \centerline{\s Title Transparencies - Set} - \centerline{\x subtitle} - \vskip2ex - \centerline{\s author name} - \centerline{\x address} - \vskip3ex - \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex-- - \quad\dots}} - \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex-- - \quad\dots}} - \vfil} -% -\vbox{\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss Title - Transparency\hss} -\kern2ex -\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}} -} -% -\lst\trimodelpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup\linethickness1ex -\unitlength1ex -\xdim{0}\ydim{15}% -\yoffset{-5}% -\beginpicture -\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule - width1.74\linethickness - height\linethickness\relax} -\unitlengthy\ht\trielm -\unitlengthx\wd\trielm -\unitlength\unitlengthy -{\N{10}}{\ESE{10}}{\WSW{10}}$$ -\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}}%end \trimodelpic -% -\lst\tritreepic{%July 1995, cgl -%Revision March 1996 -\bgroup\linethickness.2pt -%Here we have to correct for the direction -%and to adjust the drawing element atom -%into a rectangular block, -%default of size $.348{\times}.2$pt.\ftn{% -% Vertically only half of the atoms have to be stacked. -% Horizontally the right distance must be paced, -% i.e.\ a factor $\sqrt3$ larger. -% The rectangular block has sides in the proportion of $\sqrt3$.} -\def\tritree{\ifnum\level=1 \eertirt\fi - \advance\level-1 \divide\kk2 - {\N{\the\kk}\tritree}% - {\ESE{\the\kk}\tritree}% - \WSW{\the\kk}\tritree}% -\def\eertirt##1\tritree{\fi}% -\unitlength.2pt -\xdim{0}\ydim{320}% -\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}% -\level5 \kk128 -\beginpicture -\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule - width1.74\linethickness - height\linethickness}% -%To account for element in 30 degrees direction -\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt -\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt -\unitlength\unitlengthy -\tritree -\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}}%end \tritreepic -% -\lst\vectorbundlepic -{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm - \xdim{4}\ydim{5}\yoffset{-.25} -\beginpicture -\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi -\put(2,0){\vector(1,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(1,2){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(1,3){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(2,3){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(1,4){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(2,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(3,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(3,2){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(4,1){1}} -%Second quadrant -\put(2,0){\vector(-1,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-2,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-3,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-3,2){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-4,1){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-1,2){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-2,3){1}} -\put(2,0){\vector(-1,4){1}} -\endpicture\egroup%end vector -} % bundlepic -% -\lst\viewtexpic -{\bgroup\smallskip\small -\unitlength2.5ex -\xdim{24}\ydim{20.5} -\beginpicture -\put( 3, 4){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put( 3, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny PC preview}} -\put( 3, 7){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put( 3, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny VDU preview}} -\put(21, 1){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put(21, 1){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Photo setter}} -\put(21, 4){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put(21, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Laser printer}} -\put(21, 7){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put(21, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Matrix printer}} -\put(12,19.5){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put(12,19.5){\makebox( 0, 0){CompuScript}} -\put(9,15.5){\framebox(6, 2){\TeX}} -\put(12,13.5){\oval( 6, 2)} -\put(12,13.5){\makebox( 0, 0){dvi-file}} -\put( 9, 9){%dashbox{.5}( 6, 2){PostScript}} - \framebox( 6, 2){PostScript}} -\put(12, 1){\line( 0, 1){8}} -\put(12,12.5){\vector( 0,-1){1.5}}%dvi-postscript -\put(12,18.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi -\put(12,15.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi -\put(12, 7){\vector( 1, 0){6}} -\put(12, 7){\vector(-1, 0){6}} -\put(12, 4){\vector( 1, 0){6}} -\put(12, 4){\vector(-1, 0){6}} -\put(12, 1){\vector( 1, 0){6}} -\endpicture -\smallskip\egroup -} -\lst\webpic{\bgroup -\unitlength2.5ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10} -\xoffset{-6} -\beginpicture -\put(2,0){\framebox(4,1){nme.dvi}} -\put(4,1){\line(0,1)1} -\put(4,2.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1} -\put(2,2){\makebox(4,1){\TeX}} -\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1} -\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.tex}} -\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){cweave}} -\put(-4,2.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(-6,2){\makebox(4,1){C}} -\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.c}} -\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1} -\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)} -\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){ctangle}} -\put(-4,7){\line(4,1)4} -\put( 4,7){\line(-4,1)4} -\put(-2,8){\framebox(4,1){nme.w}} -\endpicture\egroup} -% -\lst\windpic{%July 1995, cgl -\bgroup\unitlength10ex -\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE -\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW -\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}% - \xoffset{0}\yoffset{-1}% - \xdim{0}\ydim{2}% -\beginpicture -\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule - width\the\linethickness - height\the\linethickness depth0pt}% -\loop\ifnum\dir<8{\draw}\advance\dir1\repeat -\endpicture\egroup -\thispicture{}} -% -\lst\xyturtlepic{\bgroup% -\unitlength.5ex% -\xdim{44}\ydim{27}% -\y=0pt\x=0pt% -\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}% -\beginpicture \whiteN6\E4% - {\S4\whiteS2\xytxt{ Ref.\ point}}{\E{40}}% - \N{20}\whiteE{20}\S4\whiteS4\xytxt{ (x,y)}% -\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}} -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/blu/readme.fst b/macros/blu/readme.fst deleted file mode 100644 index 9f2a8cbbb8..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/readme.fst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -README first BLUe's format system June 1996 - -Subject: Note which accompanies BLUe's format system and - provides a survey of the background articles. - -The BLUe's format system is for typesetting with plain TeX, and -is shareware available. -(A happy :-) user is requested to send the equivalent of ~20 breads - in US dollars to the author to support his work especially upgrading - my hardware. The pricing policy is according to the macindex and - appropriate for users in financial disadvantaged countries. - Don't send breads nor a check. Just the money in an envelope.) - -The user's guide `Publishing with TeX' and accompanying articles -which explain details and show examples are free for personal use. - -No profit is allowed to make from it. - -When the results are used a proper credit ----be it Knuth or the authors of gkpmac, - or me for the composition and the fill-ins--- -is the least a happy publishing user can do. - -Best wishes and good luck, ---Kees--- cgl@rc.service.rug.nl - -How to process the PWT user's guide? ------------------------------------- -Copy blue.tex, fmt.dat, tools.dat, pic.dat, next to the PWT files -pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters: -pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind, -pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs, -into a directory where TeX can find them, and then run tex -tex pwt.scr -(Each chapter can be processed independently via tex pwt.int for example). - -Contents BLUe's format system ------------------------------ -The files are: blue.tex (format) - fmt.dat (variant formats) - tools.dat (tools like indexing) - address.dat, lit.dat, pic.dat (databases) -The user's guide is called Publishing with TeX. - -A handy auxiliary is pfile to print blue.tex with appropriate line numbers. -A generalization is pgfile which prompts for the name of the file to be printed. - -The files which compose the user's guide Publishing with TeX have pwt as rootname -and the chapter indicaton as extension. -pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters: -pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind, -pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs. -In total 16 files. Answers to the exercises, list of examples, table of -contents, and index---yes that is new---are all generated on the fly and -included automatically as appendices. -Special is plnindex.tpl, a template for indexing loosened from blue.tex. -It can be used with AnyTeX, as an independent tool for making an index. -Needed is tools.dat, especially the sorting and indexing macros. -The latter are loaded selectively from the database tools.dat. - -Background articles (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM) -------------------- -BLUe's Format (The umbrella article about blue.tex.) -BLUe's Graphs (The gkppic macros are explained.) -BLUe's Cross-Refs (One-pass cross-referencing with math.) -BLUe's Bibliography (One-pass bibliography handling.) -BLUe's Verbatim (Handling verbatims in TeX.) -BLUe's Transparencies (The making of transparencies.) -BLUe's Index (The making of indexes in a one-pass job.) -BLUe's Pascal (About typesetting Pascal programs/fragments.) -BLUe's Reports (The making of reports.) -BLUe's Letters (The making of letters.) -BLUe's Databases (The approach to storing auxiliaries.) -BLUe-2-LaTeX (Acceptance and conversion.) - -Related material (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM) ----------------- -Manmac BLUes (Is all about manmac, as-is etc.) -AMS BLUes (Details with AMS practice, \lsams for - formatting references is inspired upon AMS.) -TUGboat BLUes (TUGboat styles are discussed. ppt.tex emerged - from this which is at the heart of blue.tex) -Math into BLUes (The typesetting of math via TeX is detailed with.) -Icons via lfonts (Common matrix icons via LaTeX's fonts.) -Table Diversions (The typesetting of tables via TeX is treated.) - -Auxiliary (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM) ---------- -Sorting in BLUe (The basics needed for making a simple index.) -FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes (FIFO paradigm is treated, fundamental.) -Syntactic Sugar (Discusses various approaches to macros.) - -An overview is supplied in What is TeX and METAfont all about? (NLUUG, 1993) -The relation to SGML is treated in SGML(TeX,\dots ). (Cork 1990) -Spivak's approach has been reviewed in Spivak's Oeuvre. - -For fun are added---and also show macro writing by example--- -Typesetting bridge via TeX -Typesetting crosswords via TeX -Tower of Hanoi, revisited. - -Paradigms (See elsewhere in the CTAN; ---------- have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM) - -Headache? -Plain's item extended -Two-part macros -Parameterization I Options -Parameterization II Place within context -Winds and halfwinds---Details matter -It's all in the game -Loops -Searching in BLUe -Sorting in TeX -Just a little bit of PostScript (with a few .eps files) - -Of course all the articles run with blue.tex in plain TeX. -Earlier versions have appeared in NTG's MAPS casu quo in proceedings of TuG/LUG meetings. - -Kees van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands. -Phone: (31) (0)594 62 1525, email: cgl@rc.service.rug.nl.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/blu/tools.dat b/macros/blu/tools.dat deleted file mode 100644 index b50429d1fb..0000000000 --- a/macros/blu/tools.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2082 +0,0 @@ -%Tools database to cooperate with blue.tex -%Januari 95, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%To print the formats properly, copy -%the following 11-lines job and -%substitute the semicolon token -%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x) -% ---Kees--- -%\input blue.tex -%\hfuzz25pt -%\title{File: tools.dat} -%\issue{Version 1.0} -%\beginscript -%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0 -% \catcode`\!=12 -% \catcode`\|=12 -% \input tools.dat} -%\beginverbatim -%`semi-col'endverbatim -%\endscript -% -% -% -%Syntax included tools -%\tool\<name>tool -%...the file which otherwise would -%...have been input -%\endinput -%Disadvantages: -%-No outer defs allowed. -% (\newtoks\x via \csname x\endcsname) -%-No \par-s, use \endgraf -% -% -% -%Contents: -%- binarytreetool -%- bridgetool -%- crosswordstool -%- hanoitool -%- indextool -% (Sorting in BLUe, quick.tex -% heap.tex and BLUe's Index) -%- language english, russian -%- ntglogo -%- smileys -%- toc -%- xyztool -%- partlogotool -%- pascaltool -% -% -% -%Tools are sorted on name. %;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytree% -\tool\bintreetool -%Because redefined in manmac & BLUe's system. -\catcode`\^=7 -% -\def\startbintree{\catcode`\^^M=9 - \nodes}%neglect e-o-l -% -\def\nodes#1#2{\ifx\sedon#2 - \levelone#1 \sedon\fi - \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\nodes} -\def\sedon#1\nodes{\fi - \setbintree\endgroup} -\let\endbintree\sedon -% -\def\fork{\vbox{\offinterlineskip -%Connection lines ____|____ -% | | -\hbox{\ea%empty branche? - \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m - \endcsname\relax - \vrule width\tophnshalf - height0pt depth0pt - \else%non-empty branche - \vrule height\vnodesep - \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule - width\tophnshalf\vss}% - \kern-.2pt\vrule height - 2\vnodesep - depth-\vnodesep\relax - \fi\advance\m1 \ea%empty branche - \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m - \endcsname\relax - \vrule width\tophnshalf - height0pt depth0pt - \else%non-empty branch - \kern-.4pt\vrule height - 2\vnodesep - depth-\vnodesep\relax - \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule - width\tophnshalf\vss}% - \vrule height\vnodesep\relax - \fi}\kern1ex%Separation below - %connection lines -%The sibling nodes -\hbox to\tophns - {\hbox to0pt{\strut\hss - \csname\the\ltree\the\m - \endcsname\hss}\hss - \global\advance\m1 - \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss - \csname\the\ltree\the\m - \endcsname\hss}}}} -% -\def\setbintree{%level >=1 -\ltree0 \m0 -%bounds for recursion -\lu1 %dynamic for the rows -\advance\levelone1 -%defaults -\tophns30ex \vnodesep3ex -%hook to override defaults if neede -\the\everybintree -\the\thisbintree -%dependent quantities -\treewidth3\tophns -\tophnshalf\tophns \divide\tophnshalf2 -%root, level 00 -\vbox{\levelline{\vbox{\offinterlineskip - \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss - \csname\the\ltree\the\m - \endcsname\hss}}}% -\loop\advance\ltree1 \multiply\lu2 -\levelline{\noindent\m1 \fork - \loop\ifnum\m<\lu - \kern\tophns \advance\m1 \fork - \repeat}\tophns\tophnshalf - \divide\tophnshalf2 -\ifnum\ltree<\levelone -\repeat}\thisbintree{}}%end \bintree -% -\def\levelline#1{\hbox to\treewidth{\hss#1\hss}} -\endinput -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytreel%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol -\tool\bttool -\message{ ---bttool, Aug 95, cgl--- } -\def\drawbt{\whiteS{120}% - \trttxt{\hss{\small\csname\node\endcsname}}% - \ea\ifx\csname\node0\endcsname\relax - \tbward\fi%Backtrack - \S{80}\advance\k-125 - {\W{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node0}% - \drawbt}% - \E{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node1}% - \drawbt\relax} -\def\tbward#1\relax{\fi} -% -\everybt{\k1024\unitlength.02ex\x0pt\y0pt} -%\thisbt{} -\prebt{$$\multiply\count1by280 - \ea\ydim\ea{\the\count1} - \ea\yoffset\ea{\ea-\the\count1}} -\postbt{$$} -\obeylines% -\def\bt#1 #2 - {\ifx\endbt#2\count1=#1 \tbdne\fi% - \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\bt}% -\def\tbdne#1\bt{\fi\def\node{1}% - \the\prebt\the\everybt\the\thisbt% - \beginpicture\drawbt\endpicture% - \the\postbt\endgroup}% -\endinput -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%brd% -\tool\bridgetool -\message{ ---bridgetool, Jan 95, cgl--- } -%Typesetting bridge publications -%via (plain) TeX. Version May 92. -%The macros can als be used within LaTeX. -%Version: 1.1 March 1994 (basically -%unmodified since publication in 1990) -%Author: Kees van der Laan -% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd (Gr) -% The Netherlands. 05941-1525, -% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Examples of use have been published in -%TUGboat, 11, 2, 265--276, and MAPS 91.2. -%(A few are appended at the end.) -%The macros consists of 3 indep. parts: -%- dec.tex ((language) declarations, -% used register and -% control sequences) -%- bid.tex (macros for bidding and -% layout of games) -%- play.tex (macros for discussing the -% course of a play) -% %;numvrb -%%%%%%%dec.tex%%%%%%% -%Card definitions -\def\sp{$\spadesuit$} -\def\h{$\heartsuit$} -\def\d{$\diamondsuit$} -\def\cl{$\clubsuit$} -%(Toks register) control sequences -%for hands used by play macros: -%showgame, pc, strip -\ea\let\ea\NT\csname newtoks\endcsname -\NT\hnd%Dynamically one of: -\NT\Ns\NT\Es\NT\Ss\NT\Ws -\NT\Nh\NT\Eh\NT\Sh\NT\Wh -\NT\Nd\NT\Ed\NT\Sd - \NT\Wd %Beware! Already -%in TUGboat.sty in lower case -\NT\Nc\NT\Ec\NT\Sc\NT\Wc -% -\def\bridgeenglish{ -%In central figure NESW -\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}\def\W{W} -%In heading bplay -\def\NS{NS}\def\EW{EW} -\def\TRICK{Trick} -%Definition of hands -%used by bbid -\def\FIH{North}\def\SEH{East} -\def\THH{South}\def\FOH{West} -}% end \bridgeenglish -\bridgeenglish%default -% -\def\LEADN{\gdef\FIP{N}\gdef\SEP{E}% - \gdef\THP{S}\gdef\FOP{W}} -\def\LEADE{\gdef\FIP{E}\gdef\SEP{S}% - \gdef\THP{W}\gdef\FOP{N}} -\def\LEADS{\gdef\FIP{S}\gdef\SEP{W}% - \gdef\THP{N}\gdef\FOP{E}} -\def\LEADW{\gdef\FIP{W}\gdef\SEP{N}% - \gdef\THP{E}\gdef\FOP{S}} -%Definition of counters -%used by bplay -\csname newcount\endcsname\trno -%trick number -%Definition of dimensions used in bbid -\csname newdimen\endcsname\wr %width column -\wr=7ex \relax -\def\bidwidth{4\wr} -%used in crdima -\csname newbox\endcsname\NESW -% -\def\dutch{ -\def\FIH{Noord}\def\SEH{Oost} -\def\THH{Zuid}\def\FOH{West} -\def\N{N}\def\E{O}\def\S{Z} -\def\W{W}\def\EW{OW}\def\NS{NZ} -\def\TRICK{Slag} -\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig} -}%end \dutch -% -\def\french{ -\def\FIH{Nord}\def\SEH{Est} -\def\THH{Sud}\def\FOH{Ouest} -\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S} -\def\W{O}\def\EW{EO}\def\NS{NS} -\def\TRICK{Lev\'ee} -\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig} -}%end \french -%end input dec.tex -% -%%%%%%%bid.tex%%%%%%% -%Modified central figure -\def\hand#1#2#3#4{% -%Example: \hand{AKJ765}{AK9}{--}{T983} -\vtop{\hbox{\strut\sp\enspace#1} -\hbox{\strut\h\enspace#2} -\hbox{\strut\d\enspace#3} -\hbox{\strut\cl\enspace#4}}%end \vtop -}%end \hand -% -\def\crdima#1#2#3#4#5#6{% -%purpose: layout bridge hand -%#1 left upper text -%#2 right upper text -%#3, #4, #5, #6: N, E, S, W hands -\vbox{\halign{ &##\quad\cr - #1& #3& #2\cr - $\vcenter{#6}$&$\vcenter{\copy\NESW}$& - $\vcenter{#4}$\cr - & #5& \cr - }%end \halign - }%end \vbox -}%end \crdima -% -\def\NESWfig{% -\hbox{\vrule -\vbox{\offinterlineskip\tabskip0pt -\hrule\kern.25ex\halign{\hskip.5ex -##\tabskip.5ex&\hfil##\hfil& -##\hskip.5ex \tabskip0pt\cr -\noalign{\vskip.5ex} - &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\N\hss}& \cr -\noalign{\vskip.25ex} -\kern.25ex\W& &\E\kern.25ex -\cr\noalign{\vskip.25ex} - &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\S\hss}& \cr -\noalign{\vskip.5ex} - }%end \halign -\kern.25ex\hrule}%end \vbox -\vrule}%end \hbox -}% end \NESWfig -\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig} -% -\def\ebid{\errormessage{% - bbid command is missing}} -% -\def\bbid{\bgroup% - \def\ebid{\egroup\egroup\egroup} - \def\alert{$^A$} - \def\think{$\ldots$\thinspace} - % etc. - \vtop\bgroup - \halign to\bidwidth\bgroup \tabskip2ex - plus 1ex minus 1ex& ##\hfil\cr - \FIH\hfil& \SEH\hfil& - \THH\hfil&\FOH\hfil\cr - \noalign{\vskip.5ex} -}%end \bbid -%end input bid.tex% -% -%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%% -%\input{play.tex} -%Modified 11/11/91 Central table -%\bplay etc -% bplay, showgame, pc, strip -\def\eplay{\errormessage{% - bplay command is missing}} -% -\def\bplay{\bgroup\global\trno=0 -\def\eplay{\egroup\egroup} -\def\bintermezzo{\noalign\bgroup - \smallskip\noindent} -\def\eintermezzo{\smallskip\egroup} -\tabskip1ex plus 1fill -\halign to\hsize\bgroup - \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex - \global\advance\trno by 1 % - \hbox to.5\wr{\hss\the\trno\hss}%<=! - \hbox to\wr{\pc\FIP##\hss}\hfil& - \hbox to\wr{\pc\SEP##\hss}\hfil& - \hbox to\wr{\pc\THP##\hss}\hfil& - \hbox to\wr{\pc\FOP##\hss}\hfil - \tabskip4ex plus2ex minus1ex& - \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss} - \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex& - \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss} - \tabskip1ex plus 1fill\cr - %End template line, next is headline - \omit\hbox to1\wr{\TRICK\hss}\hfil& - \omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&\omit\hfil& - %Note only 3 \omits - \NS&\EW\cr%Headline -}% end \bplay -% -\def\pc#1#2#3{% Version 3/3/90 -%Function: prints card #2#3 and -% deletes it from player #1 -%#1 the hand N, E, S, W(uppercase) -%#2 colour s, h, d, or c -%#3 card value A K Q ... 2, or x -%(or your (consistent/language) choice) -%%%% 1. Update hand \#1#2; e.g. \Ns %%% -\xdef\hnd{\csname #1#2\endcsname} -\strip{#3}{\hnd}% -%%%% 2. print card in table %%% -\xdef\colour{\csname #2\if#2cl\else - \if#2sp\fi\fi\endcsname} -\colour\thinspace #3% -% %Needed for immediate postfix mark(s) -}% end \pc -% -\def\strip#1#2{% Version 3/3/90 -%Function: deletes card value #1 -% from #2, i.e., \Ns, or ... - \def\wis##1#1##2\wis{% - %Function: #1 is deleted from argument - % in \wis ... \wis and result - % is assigned to \hnd - % (last card is replaced by --) - \global\hnd={##1##2} - \xdef\pa{##1} \xdef\pb{##2} - \ifx\pa\empty {\ifx\pb\empty - \global\hnd={--}% void colour - \fi}\fi - }% end \wis - \expandafter\wis\the #2\wis -}% end \strip -% -\def\showgame{ -%Purpose: Shows all cards still active -% in the play, via \Ns, ..., \Wc, -% (note use of upper case for players) -%Used: \crdima, \hand, \LFTINF, \RGTINF -% \Ns, ..., \Wc -$$\crdima{\LFTINF}{\RGTINF}% - {\hand{\the\Ns}{\the\Nh}{\the\Nd}% - {\the\Nc}}% - {\hand{\the\Es}{\the\Eh}{\the\Ed}% - {\the\Ec}}% - {\hand{\the\Ss}{\the\Sh}{\the\Sd}% - {\the\Sc}}% - {\hand{\the\Ws}{\the\Wh}{\the\Wd}% - {\the\Wc}}% -$$}% end \showgame -%end input play.tex %In total: 215 lines -\endinput -%Examples: diagram, bidding, course of play. -% -%\hsize=.5\hsize -%1. Diagram -%$$\crdima{N/None}{\vtop{\hbox{Deal:} -% \hbox{demo}}}% -% {\hand{J74}{AJ}{QJT2}{Q874}}%N -% {\hand{K86}{T9542}{874}{T3}}%E -% {\hand{QT952}{Q83}{AK5}{A6}}%S -% {\hand{A3}{K76}{963}{KJ952}}%W -%$$ -%2. Bidding -%$$\bbid -%1\cl\alert& ? no& 1\sp&\think no\cr -% 2\sp& no& 4\sp& a.p.\cr -%\noalign{\vskip.5ex} -%\alert\ means Alert, -% conventional bid\hidewidth\cr -%? means explanation -% asked\hidewidth\cr -%\think means think -%% pause\hidewidth\cr -%\ebid $$ -%3. Course of play -%\def\LFTINF{Puzzle} -%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{6NT,} -% \hbox{by East}}} -% -%\Ns={KQ76}\Es={T9}\Ss={8542}\Ws={AJ3} -%\Nh={J98} \Eh={A2}\Sh={QT74}\Wh={K653} -%\Nd={J942}\Ed={T5}\Sd={Q876}\Wd={AK3} -%\Nc={65}\Ec={KJ9xxxx}\Sc={2}\Wc={AQT} -% -%\showgame -% -%*Problem* How must NS defend in -%order to guarantee 1 trick? -% -%*Solution* Start with a \h\ -%lead in order to break communication. -%N must discard \h s -%and S must discard \sp s. -%\smallskip\noindent -%\LEADS -%\bplay -%%\noalign{\LEADS} -%h4! & hK & h8 & h2 & -- & 1\LEADW\cr -%%\noalign{\LEADW} -%cA & c5 & cx & c2 & -- & 2\cr -%cQ & c6 & cx & s2 & -- & 3\cr -%cT & h9 & cK & s4 & -- & 4\LEADE\cr -%%\noalign{\LEADE} -%cJ & s5 & s3 & s6 & -- & 5\cr -%c9 & s8 & h5 & s7 & -- & 6\cr -%cx & d6 & sJ & d2 & -- & 7\cr -%\bintermezzo -%On lead of the next \cl\ -%neither South nor North can be -%squeezed as can be seen from% -%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{NS squeezed on} -% \hbox{\c\ continuation?}}} -%\showgame -%with continuation -%\eintermezzo -%cx & h7 & h6 & hJ & -- & 8\cr -%dT & d7 & dA & d4 & -- & 9\LEADW\cr -%%\noalign{\LEADW} -%dK & d9 & d5 & d8 & -- & 10\cr -%h3 & dJ & hA & hT & -- & 11\LEADE\cr -%\noalign{\LEADE} -%sT & hQ & sA & sQ & -- & 12\LEADW\cr -%\noalign{\LEADW} -%d3 & sK & s9 & dQ & 1 & 12\cr -%\eplay -%\bye %;nonum -% -%Contents -% -%Declarations. -% Newtoks, \NT alias.............10 -% \hnd, \Ns, \Es, \Ss, \Ws....12 -% \Nh, \Eh, \Sh, \Wh....13 -% \Nd, \Ed, \Sd, \Wd....14 -% \Nc, \Ec, \Sc, \Wc....17 -% \bridgeenglish..............19-30 -% \dutch......................51-58 -% \french.....................60-67 -% \N, \E, \S, \W..............21 -% \NS, \EW....................23 -% \TRICK......................24 -% \FIH, \SEH, \THH, \FOH...27-28 -% \sp, \h, \cl, \d..............3-6 -% \LEADN \LEADE \LEADS \LEADW 32-38 -% Newcount -% \trno.......................42 -% Newdimen -% \wr.........................46 -% \bidwidth{4\wr}.............47 -% Newbox -% \NESW...................49, 111 -% -% \hand........................72-78 -% \crdima......................80-92 -% \bbid, \ebid......116-127, 113-114 -% \alert.......................118 -% \think.......................119 -%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%% -% \bplay, \eplay....138-162, 135-136 -% \bintermezzo, \eintermezzo 140-142 -% \pc........................164-179 -% \hnd.........................172 -% \colour......................175 -% \strip.....................181-196 -% \showgame..................198-213 -% Examples -% diagram..................219-226 -% bidding..................227-238 -% course of play...........239-289 -% -%History of changes -%July 1994 \c and \s changed into -% \cl and \sp, -% \colour adapted -%March 1994 Prepared for NTG's CD-ROM -% Examples of use added -% NESW figure adapted -%Jan 1994 Submitted to CTAN. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bridge%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs% -\tool\crosswordstool -\message{ ---crosswordstool, - Jan 95, cgl--- } -%From Typesetting crosswords via TeX -%EuroTeX 92, MAPS 92.1 -%NOTE In order to use natural input, -%spaces except for the last one, and not -%let this choice for ;] (space=\relax) -%work through globally, start with -%\bgroup\obeyspaces\let =\relax -%\bdata -%<natural data> -%\edata -%$$\crw$$%(or \sol) -%\egroup -%;numvrb -\puzzletrue -\csize3ex -% %;numvrb %;vrblin99 -\def\bdata{\bgroup\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\store} -\def\store#1\edata{\egroup\def\data{#1}} -%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\relax} -\def\usersize{} -% ;vrblin=199 -{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^M=13 %local scope -\gdef\crw{\cnt0\relax\boxit{\usersize% -\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}% -\gdef\sol{\boxit{\def\num{}\puzzlefalse% -\usersize\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}% -\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi% -\processl{#1}\fifol}}%end local scope% -% %;vrblin=299 -\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi} -\def\processl#1{\hbox{\fifo#1\ofif}\hrule} -\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi% -\process#1\fifo} \def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi} -% -\def\process#1{\if*#1\cc\else% -\ifx\relax#1\cc\else% -\ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1\capchar#1\else% -\lowchar#1\fi\fi\fi} -\def\lowchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule -height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax% -\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss\uppercase{#1}% -\fi\hss\vrule}} -\def\capchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule -height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax% -\num\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss#1\fi% -\hss\vrule}} -\def\cc{\vrule height.8\csize depth% -.2\csize width\csize} -% -\def\num{\global\advance\cnt1\relax% -\vbox to.8\csize{\rlap{\kern1pt% -\fiverm\the\cnt\hss}\vfil}}% -% %;vrblin=399 -\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule% -\vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}% cgl, oct92 -\endinput %;nonum -%Contents -%\newif -% \ifpuzzle (blue.tex) -%\newcount -% \cnt (blue.tex) -%\newdimen -% \csize (blue.tex) -%Data -% \bdata........................100 -% \store........................102 -% \edata........................102 -% \usersize.....................104 -%Crw -% \crw..........................201 -% \sol..........................203 -%Auxiliaries -% \fifol........................205 -% \process, \processl......305, 301 -% \lofif........................300 -% \lowchar......................309 -% \capchar......................313 -% \cc...........................317 -% \num..........................320 -% \boxit........................400 -%History of changes -%July 1994 In tools.dat to cooperate -% with blue.tex -% \global\let =\relax removed. -%Jan 1994 Submitted CTAN -%1992 Submitted to EuroTeX and MAPS -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%hanoi% -\tool\hanoitool -\message{ ---hanoitool, Jan 95, cgl---} -%Tower of Hanoi macros -%hanoi.tex version 19 dec 91 %;numvrb -%\hanoi changed into \sethanoi June 95 -%\n=number of disks \brd=breadth towers -%\hgt=height tower \dskhgt=height disk -\csname newcount\endcsname\n -\csname newcount\endcsname\brd -\csname newcount\endcsname\hgt -\csname newcount\endcsname\dskhgt -\def\preloop{%To create loopcnt, a - %local loopcounter - %(see also loopy.TeX). - \bgroup \advance\count10 by 1 - \countdef\loopcnt=\count10 - %Symbolic name - \loopcnt=1 %(default) - }%end \preloop -\def\postloop{\loopcnt=0 %Restore - \egroup}%end \postloop -% -%Hanoi macros, top level -\def\sethanoi#1{%Argument can be digit(s) - %or a counter (numeric) - \n=#1 %Assign argument value to \n - \def\II{}\def\III{}%Empty towers - %Next is inspired by the TeXbook, - %p374, 378 - %The initial tower for \I is created - %The initial tower for \I is created - % \def\I{\disksep\i\disksep\ii - % \disksep\iii...\disksep\`n'} - %next to the defs for \i,\ii,...\`n'. - \preloop\ag\def\ag\I\ag{% - \loop - \ea\xdef\csname\romannumeral\loopcnt - \endcsname{\the\loopcnt} - \ag\disksep%separator - \ea\ag\csname - \romannumeral\loopcnt\endcsname - \ifnum\loopcnt<\n - \advance\loopcnt by 1 - \repeat \ag} - \postloop - %For printing, values are needed for - \brd=\n %Breadth of largest disk - \advance\brd by 3 %Little room extra - \dskhgt=1 %Height of disks - \hgt=\n\multiply\hgt by2 %\hgt is height - \advance\hgt by1 %of towers - \showtowers %Print initial state - \Hanoi\I\II\III\n - }%end \sethanoi -% -\def\Hanoi#1#2#3#4{%Moves from #1 to #2, - %with aid of tower #3. - %The number of disks is #4, in a counter. - \ifnum#4=1 %For Tower of 1 disk, - %just move the disk - \movedisk\from#1\to#2% - \showtowers%Print towers after move - \else%Problem of #4 disks is solved by - %- problem of (#4-1) disks, - %- a move, and - %- a problem of (#4-1) disks. - {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#1#3#2#4}% - \movedisk\from#1\to#2% - \showtowers%Print towers after move - {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#3#2#1#4}% - \fi}%end \Hanoi -% -%Moving of the disks, TeXbook, App. D.2 -%Slightly adapted versions of \lop ( -%called \movedisk with function that -%first element of #1 is prefixed to #2) -%and \lopoff modification -\def\movedisk\from#1\to#2{%Move disk from - %tower #1 to tower #2 - \ea\lopoffx#1\lopoffx#1#2} -\def\lopoffx\disksep#1#2\lopoffx#3#4{\ea - \gdef\ea#4\ea{\ea\disksep\ea#1#4} - \gdef#3{#2}%restore stub}%end\lopoffx - }%end \movedisk -% -%Printing tower status -\def\showtowers{%Display pyramids - \endgraf\quad\hbox{\pt\I\ \pt\II\ \pt\III - }\endgraf - }%end \showtowers -% -%Auxiliaries -\def\gobble#1{}%To eat character -% -\def\disksep#1{\hbox to\brd ex{\hss - \vrule width#1ex height\dskhgt ex - \hss}% - }%end \disksep -% -\def\pt#1{%Print Tower. - %#1 is \I, \II, or \III - \vbox to\hgt ex{\baselineskip=.2ex\vss - #1% - %Format pointer underneath - \hbox to\brd ex{\hss - \ea\gobble\string#1\hss}% - }%end vbox - }%end \pt -\endinput %;nonum -%Contents -%\Hanoi .........................51--66 -%\hanoi .........................19--49 -%\movedisk ......................73--79 -%\showtowers ....................82--85 -%Auxiliaries -% \preloop .....................8--15 -% \postloop ...................16--17 -% \lopoffx ....................76--78 -% \gobble .........................88 -% \disksep.....................90--93 -% \pt ........................95--103 -%History of changes -%Jan 95 \\ changed into \disksep -%March 1994 Contents added -% From tugboat.sty into tug.ppt -% 1991 MAPS and TUGboat versions -%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort% -\tool\indextool -\message{ ---indextool, Jan 95, cgl--- } -%Shorthands ;numvrb -%Counters in blue.tex -%\newcount\n -%\newcount\k -%\newcount\kk\n=0 -%\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value -%\newcount\pk -%\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs -%\newcount\frst%First value of range -%\newcount\last %Last value of range -%\newcount\slast%Successor \last -%\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst -%\newcount\nw %Number of words -%\newcount\nc %Number of chars/comp -%\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges -%\newcount\rndval%Random number -%\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator -%\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value -%\newcount\status%Status comparison -%;vrblin=100 -%Storing: from copy -\def\seq#1\qes{\k0 \fifow#1 \wofif{} } -%Auxiliaries: FIFO -\def\fifow#1 {\ifx\wofif#1\n\k\wofif\fi - \processw{#1}\fifow} -\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi} -\def\processw#1{\advance\k1 \ea - \gdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{#1}} -% -%Storing: from file -\def\storefrom#1{%#1 is file name - \immediate\openin\inx=#1 \k\kzero - \continuetrue - \loop\ifeof\inx\continuefalse\fi - \ifcontinue\advance\k1{}% - \read\inx t\ea o\csname\the\k\endcsname - \repeat\advance\k-1\n\k - \immediate\closein\inx} -% -%Storing: random numbers -\def\storerandomn#1{%#1 number of numbers - \n#1\k0 - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 \rnd\ea - \xdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{\the\rndval} - \repeat} -% -%With, due to Reid, 1987 -%Moved into kernel blue.tex -%\def\rnd{\global\multiply\rndnum371{}% -% \global\advance\rndnum1{}% -% \ifnum\rndnum>99999\relax -% \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000 -% \multiply\rndtmp100000 -% \global\advance\rndnum-\rndtmp -% \fi\global\rndval\rndnum -% \global\divide\rndval1000 } -% -%Storing: random words -\def\storerandomw#1{%#1 number of words - \n#1\nw\n\def\defarr{\ea\gdef - \csname\the\nw\endcsname} - {\loop\ifnum0<\nw{\ag\defarr\ag{% - \randomword}}\advance\nw-1 - \repeat}}%end s-r-w. -% -\def\randomword{\rnd \nc\rndval - \divide\nc15 \advance\nc2 - \loop\ifnum0<\nc\randomchar - \advance\nc-1 - \repeat}%end r-word -% -%Random character is modified -\def\randomchar{\rnd - \multiply\rndval29 \divide\rndval100 - \ifnum26=\rndval\rndval0 \fi - \ifnum26<\rndval\rndval4 \fi -%Mod cgl: I \ag-ed the letter -\ea\ag\ifcase\rndval - a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or - i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or - q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or - y\or z\fi}%end r-char -%;vrblin=200Typeset -%Parameters: Separators -\def\sepn{, }%Number separator -\def\sepw{ } %Word separator -%\csname newtoks\endcsname\indword -\let\sep\sepw -% -\def\prc#1{\init{#1}\def\prc##1{% - \ifnum\last=##1{}\else\ifnum\slast=##1{}% - \last\slast\advance\slast1{}\else - \prtfl\sepn\init{##1}\fi\fi}} -% -\def\init#1{\frst=#1\last=#1\slast=#1{}% - \advance\slast1{}} -% -%Print range: \frst-\last (or \last). -\def\prtfl{\the\frst\ifnum\frst<\last - \advance\frst1{}\ifnum\frst=\last\sepn - \else\nobreak--\nobreak\fi\the\last\fi} -% -%Printing sequences -\def\prts{{\k\kzero%print \1...\n - \def\sep{\let\sep=\sepw}% - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \sep\csname\the\k\endcsname - \repeat}}%end \prts -% -\let\prtw=\prts -% -\def\prtn{{\k\kzero%Print number sequence - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \ea\prc\csname\the\k\endcsname - \repeat\prtfl}}%end \prtn -% -\def\typindentry#1{%#1 a def - \ea\splitintoks#1% - \ifcase\digit\the\indword\or - {\tt\the\indword}\or - {\tt\char92\the\indword}\or - $\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\rangle$\fi{} - {\oldstyle\pagenrs}.} -\def\hyphen{{\rm-}} -\def\comma{{\rm, }} -% -\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}% - \chardef\digit=#2{}\def\pagenrs{#3}} -% -\def\prtind{{\k\kzero - \def\sep{\let\sep\sepw}% - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \sep\ea\typindentry\csname\the\k\endcsname% - \repeat}} -%;vrblin=300 -%Sorting in O(nlog n) -\def\sortn{\let\cmp\cmpn\sort\prtn} -% -\def\sortaw{\let\cmp\cmpaw\sort\prtw} -% -\def\sortw{\let\cmp\cmpw{\accdef\sort}\prtw} -% -\def\sort{\heapsort} -% -%Paramaters: ij and accent string -\def\accstr{\`\'\"\^\c} -% -\def\accdef{\def\i{i}\def\j{j}% - \def\'##1{##1a}\def\`##1{##1g}% - \def\"##1{##1t}\def\^##1{##1h}% - \def\c##1{##1c}} -% -\def\ij{ij} -% -%Sorting parameters: exchange macro -\def\xch#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables - \ea\let\ea\auxone\csname\the#1\endcsname - \ea\let\ea\auxtwo\csname\the#2\endcsname - \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#2\endcsname - \auxone - \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#1\endcsname - \auxtwo} -% -%Sorting parameters: number comparison -\def\cmpn#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} - \ifnum#1=#2\global\status0 \else - \ifnum#1>#2\global\status1 \else - \global\status2 \fi\fi} -% -%Parameters: comparison of words -\def\cmpw#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} - \let\nxt\nxtw\cmpc#1#2} -% -\def\cmpaw#1#2{%#1, #2 are defs with as -%replacement text the words. -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} - \let\nxt\nxtaw\cmpc#1#2} -% -\def\cmpc#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} -\ifproof\global\advance\nc1 - \let\aa#1\let\bb#2\fi - \global\status0 \continuetrue - {\loop\ifx\empty#1\continuefalse\fi - \ifx\empty#2\continuefalse\fi - \ifcontinue\nxt#1\nxtt\nxt#2\nxtu - \lge\nxtt\nxtu - \repeat}\ifnum0=\status - \ifx\empty#1\ifx\empty#2\else - \global\status2 \fi - \else\ifx\empty#2\global\status1 \fi - \fi\fi -% \ifproof\immediate\write16{\aa -% \ifnum0=\status=\else -% \ifnum1=\status>\else -% <\fi\fi\bb} -% \fi%end ifproof -} -% -\def\lge#1#2{%#1 and #2 letter values -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if -% #1 =, >, < #2. -%and \continuefalse if #1=/#2. - \ifnum#1=#2{}\else\continuefalse - \ifnum#1<#2\global\status2 \else - \global\status1 \fi - \fi} -% -\def\nxtw#1#2{\def\pop##1##2\pop{% - \gdef#1{##2}\def\head{##1}}%head and tail - \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail - \ea\loc\head\accstr%\head is an accent cs? - \if<\head\ea\pop#1\pop\fi - \iffound\let\acs\head - \ea\pop#1\pop%next head and tail - \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\acs\head\endcsname - \else\ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\head\endcsname - \fi} -% -\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end - {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse - \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end} -% -%Parameters: for ASCII words -\def\nxtaw#1#2{%Result: value of first -%letter of string supplied in #1 is delivered -%in #2. (To be used as a number (\chardef)). -%#1, #2 are control sequences. - \def\pop##1##2\pop{\gdef#1{##2}% - \chardef#2=`##1{}}\ea\pop#1\pop} -% -\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} -%\immediate\write16{Compared are: #1 and #2}% -\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2} -% -\def\decom#1 !#2 #3.#4 !#5 #6.{% - \def\one{#1}\def\four{#4}\cmpw\one\four - \ifnum0=\status%Compare secondary keys - \ifnum#2<#5{}\global\status2{}\else - \ifnum#2>#5{}\global\status1{}\else - %Compare tertiary keys - \ifnum#3<#6{}\global\status2{}\else - \ifnum#3>#6{}\global\status1{}\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi} -% -\def\red{%Reduction of \1,...,\n - \k0\kk0\let\refer\empty - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname - \ea\splitwn\record% - \ifx\refer\word%extend with number - \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{% - \csname\the\kk\endcsname, \num}% - \else%write record to \kk - \advance\kk1\let\refer\word\ea\global - \ea\let\csname\the\kk\endcsname\record - \fi - \repeat\n=\kk} -% -\def\redrng{%Reduction of \1,...,\n, with -%range representation of page numbers - {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0 - \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname - \ea\splitwn\record\let\refer\word - \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname - \ea\splitwn\record% - \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number - \prcrng\num - \else%write record to \kk - \advance\kk1 \strnrs - \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\refer{} - \nrsrng.}\let\nrsrng\empty\init\num - \prcrng\num\let\refer\word - \fi - \repeat\ifnum1<\n - \advance\kk1 \strnrs - \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\word{} - \nrsrng.} - \global\n\kk\fi}} -% -\def\prcrng#1{\init{#1}\def\prcrng##1{% - \ifnum##1=\last\else\ifnum##1=\slast - \last\slast\advance\slast1 \else - \strnrs\init{##1}\fi\fi}} -% -\let\sepn\comma -\def\strnrs{\dif\last\advance\dif-\frst -\edef\nrsrng{\ifx\nrsrng\empty\else - \nrsrng\nx\nx\nx\sepn\fi\the\frst\ifnum0<\dif - \ifnum1=\dif\nx\nx\nx\sepn\the\last - \else\nx\nx\nx\hyphen\the\last - \fi - \fi}} -% -\def\splitwn#1 !#2 #3.{\def\word{#1 !#2}% - \def\num{#3}} -% -\def\getdig#1 !#2 #3.{\def\dig{#2}} -% -\def\sortcs{\global\k0\global\pk\n -\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pkone1 -%Invariant: 1:k non-cs -% pk+1:n control seq-s -\loop\global\advance\k1 -\ifnum\k<\pkone - \ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\k\endcsname.% - \if2\dig{\continuetrue - \loop - \ifnum\k=\pk\continuefalse - \else\ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\pk - \endcsname.% - \if2\dig - \else\xch\k\pk\continuefalse - \fi - \fi\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pk-1 - \ifcontinue - \repeat}% - \fi -\repeat}%Result\1:\pk non-cs, \pkone:\n cs -%;vrblin=500 -%Parameters: Ordering table -%suffix g stands for grave, ` -% a stands for aigue, ' -% h stands for hat, ^ -% t stands for trema, " -% c stands for cedille. -\ea\chardef\csname ot=\endcsname=12 -\ea\chardef\csname ot/\endcsname=11 -\ea\chardef\csname ot-\endcsname=13 -\ea\chardef\csname ot,\endcsname=14 -\ea\chardef\csname ot.\endcsname=15 -\ea\chardef\csname ot"\endcsname=9 -\ea\chardef\csname ot&\endcsname=5 -\ea\chardef\csname ot'\endcsname=7 -\ea\chardef\csname ot`\endcsname=8 -\ea\chardef\csname ot*\endcsname=10 -\ea\chardef\csname ot<\endcsname=28 -\ea\chardef\csname ot>\endcsname=29 -\ea\chardef\csname ot!\endcsname=30 -\ea\chardef\csname ot?\endcsname=31 -\ea\chardef\csname ot[\endcsname=13 -\ea\chardef\csname ot]\endcsname=14 -\ea\chardef\csname ot0\endcsname=16 -\ea\chardef\csname ot1\endcsname=17 -\ea\chardef\csname ot2\endcsname=18 -\ea\chardef\csname ot3\endcsname=19 -\ea\chardef\csname ot4\endcsname=20 -\ea\chardef\csname ot5\endcsname=21 -\ea\chardef\csname ot6\endcsname=22 -\ea\chardef\csname ot7\endcsname=23 -\ea\chardef\csname ot8\endcsname=24 -\ea\chardef\csname ot9\endcsname=25 -\chardef\ota=35 \chardef\otA=35 - \chardef\otaa=35 \chardef\otag=35 - \chardef\otat=35\chardef\otah=35 -\chardef\otb=40 \chardef\otB=40 -\chardef\otc=46 \chardef\otC=46 - \chardef\otcc=46 -\chardef\otd=53 \chardef\otD=53 -\chardef\ote=60 \chardef\otE=60 - \chardef\otea=60 \chardef\oteg=60 - \chardef\otet=60 \chardef\oteh=60 -\chardef\otf=67 \chardef\otF=67 -\chardef\otg=74 \chardef\otG=74 -\chardef\oth=81 \chardef\otH=81 -\chardef\oti=88 \chardef\otI=88 - \chardef\otit=88 \chardef\otih=88 -\chardef\otj=95 \chardef\otJ=95 - \chardef\otjt=95 -\chardef\otk=102 \chardef\otK=102 -\chardef\otl=109 \chardef\otL=109 -\chardef\otm=116 \chardef\otM=116 -\chardef\otn=123 \chardef\otN=123 -\chardef\oto=130 \chardef\otO=130 - \chardef\otoa=130 \chardef\otog=130 - \chardef\otot=130 \chardef\otoh=130 -\chardef\otp=137 \chardef\otP=137 -\chardef\otq=143 \chardef\otQ=143 -\chardef\otr=150 \chardef\otR=150 -\chardef\ots=157 \chardef\otS=157 -\chardef\ott=164 \chardef\otT=164 -\chardef\otu=171 \chardef\otU=171 - \chardef\otut=171 \chardef\otuh=171 -\chardef\otv=178 \chardef\otV=178 -\chardef\otw=185 \chardef\otW=185 -\chardef\otx=192 \chardef\otX=192 -\chardef\otij=199 \chardef\otIJ=199 -\chardef\oty=200 \chardef\otY=200 -\chardef\otz=206 \chardef\otZ=206 -%\endinput%;nonum %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%Contents sort.tex -%Counters (blue.tex).............5--19 -%newifs ..(blue.tex)............20--23 -%Storing -%from copy ...................101--108 -% \seq...\qes ...................102 -%from file ...................110--117 -% \storefrom ...............112--117 -%random generated items -% \storerandomn ............124--125 -% \rnd .....................128--134 -% \storerandomw ............138--143 -% \randomword ..............145--149 -% \randomchar ..............152--161 -%Typeset -% parameters ................202-205 -% \prc .....................207--210 -% \init ....................212--213 -% \prtfl ...................216--218 -% \prts ....................221--225 -% \prtw .........................227 -% \prtn ....................229--232 -% \typeindentry.............234--240 -% \splitintoks..............244--245 -% \prtind ..................247--251 -%Sorting -% \sortn ........................302 -% \sortaw .......................304 -% \sortw ........................306 -% \sort .........................308 -% \accstr .......................311 -% \accdef ..................313--316 -% \ij ...........................318 -% \xch .....................321--327 -% \cmpn ....................330--335 -% \cmpw ....................338--341 -% \cmpaw ...................343--347 -% \cmpc ....................349--369 -% \lge .....................371--378 -% \nxtw ....................380--388 -% \loc .....................391--393 -% \nxtaw ...................396--401 -% \cmpir ...................403--407 -% \decom ...................409--420 -% \red .....................421--434 -% \redrng ..................436--457 -% \prcrng ..................459--462 -% \strnrs ..................465--471 -% \splitwn .................473--474 -% \getdig .......................476 -% \sortcs ..................478--497 -%Ordering table ..............501--569 -%History of changes -%Oct 1994 OT modified with respect to -% Index sorting. -% Sorting macros adapted and -% extended. -%March 1994 Contents added to file sort.tex. -%Jan 1994 Macros released for CTAN. -%Spring 1993 Abridged version Sorting in BLUe -% for TUG'93 (Aston) TB 14.3, 1993. -%Fall 1992 Release for MAPS 93.1. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap% -%heapsort.tex Jan, 93 -%\newcount\n\newcount\lc\newcount\r -%\newcount\ic\newcount\uone -%\newcount\jc\newcount\jj\newcount\jjone -%\newif\ifgoon -%Non-descending sorting -\def\heapsort{%data in \1 to \n -\r=\n\heap\ic=1{}% -{\loop\ifnum\r>1{}\xch\ic\r - \advance\r-1{}\sift\ic\r -\repeat}} -% -\def\heap{%Transform \1..\n into heap - \lc=\n\divide\lc2{}\advance\lc1{}% - {\loop\ifnum\lc>1{}\advance\lc-1{}% - \sift\lc\n\repeat}} -% -\def\sift#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables - \jj=#1\uone=#2\advance\uone1{}\goontrue - {\loop\jc=\jj \advance\jj by\jj - \ifnum\jj<\uone - \jjone=\jj \advance\jjone1{}% - \ifnum\jj<#2{}\cmpval\jj\jjone - \ifnum2=\status\jj=\jjone\fi\fi - \cmpval\jc\jj\ifnum2>\status\goonfalse\fi - \else\goonfalse\fi -\ifgoon\xch\jc\jj\repeat}} -% -\def\cmpval#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} - \ea\let\ea\aone\csname\the#1\endcsname - \ea\let\ea\atwo\csname\the#2\endcsname - \cmp\aone\atwo} -%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick% -%quick.tex Jan 93 -%\newcount\low\newcount\up\newcount\m -\def\quicksort{%Values given in -%\low,...,\up are sorted, non-descending. -%Parameters: \cmp, comparison. - \ifnum\low<\up\else\brk\fi -%\refval, a reference value selected at random. - \m=\up\advance\m-\low%Size-1 of array part - \ifnum10<\m\rnd\multiply\m\rndval - \divide\m99{}\advance\m\low \xch\low\m - \fi - \ea\let\ea\refval\csname\the\low\endcsname - \m=\low\k=\low\let\refvalcop=\refval - {\loop\ifnum\k<\up\advance\k1{}% - \ea\let\ea\oneqs\csname\the\k\endcsname - \cmp\refval\oneqs\ifnum1=\status - \global\advance\m1{}\xch\m\k\fi - \let\refval=\refvalcop - \repeat}\xch\low\m - {\up=\m\advance\up-1{}\quicksort}% - {\low=\m\advance\low1{}\quicksort}\krb} -% -\def\brk#1\krb{\fi}\def\krb{\relax} -%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%;nonum!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index% -%From BLUe's Index Oct 94%;numvrb -\catcode`\@=11 -%Some unused macros are left in. -%\newread\inxin -%\newtoks\indword -%\newtoks\indexfile - %To parameterize the resulting index -%\newtoks\irfile - %To parameterize the IRs -%\newtoks\indexname -%\newtoks\preindex -%\newtoks\postindex -%\newtoks\ignores -%\newtoks\conseqs -%\newtoks\consyms -%\newtoks\srtkeys -%\newtoks\srtkeypairs -%Initializations -\proofmodetrue -\irfile{index} -\indexfile{index.elm} -\preindex{\head{\the\indexname}} -\postindex{} -\immediate\openout\inx=index -\conseqs{\c\space\bf\it\rm\tt\sub\relax} -\consyms{\`\'\"\^\~} -\srtkeypairs{\AmSTeX{amstex} - \LAMSTeX{lamstex} - \LaTeX{latex} - \PS{PostScript} - \TeX{tex}} -\srtkeys{\AmSTeX\LAMSTeX\LaTeX\PS\TeX} -\let\sub\relax -%Macros -% -%User level -%;vrblin=100 -\def\sortindex{%Nov 1994, cgl -%Purpose: -%To sort IR file. -%Input: default index is sorted -% ( file specified in \irfile) -%Output: file index.elm. - \newpage\immediate\closeout\inx - \filetoarray{\the\irfile} - \immediate\write16{Sorting n=\the\n. - Please wait, O(nlog n) process.} - \let\cmp\cmpir\let\nxtw\nxtwindex - \otindex\let\ \space - {%Make sortkey defs - \ea\sokdef\the\srtkeypairs\fedkos\relax - \sort - \let\spaceseparator\space - \setupnxtokens\def\ {\nx\ }% - \immediate\write16{Range reduction.} - \redrngtofile{index.srt} - \immediate\write16{After reduction and - writing to file index.srt; n=\the\n.} - \immediate\write16{Transform - index.srt-->index.elm.} - \tawfiletofile{index.srt}{\the - \indexfile}}} -% -%Set up set of \srtkeys -\def\setupsrtkeys{\ea - \sok\the\srtkeypairs\kos\relax} -%;vrblin=150 -\def\pasteupindex{%May 1995, cgl -%Purpose: -%To set index in (balanced) doublecolumn. -%The index is preceded by -%\chapterhead{\the\indexname} -%and by the contents of -%\preindex and followed by contents of -%\postindex. -%Input: default index.elm is set -% (file specified in \indexfile). -%Biased by manmac's \begindoublecolumns -%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}%in preindex - \begingroup\def\space{{\tt\char32 }}% - \the\preindex\endgraf - \pageheight\vsize - \pagewd\hsize - \pagewidth\pagewd%anachronism - \parindent1em - \output={\global\setbox\partialpage= - \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}% - \eject - \output={\bluedoublecolumnout}% -% \hsize=8.5cm \vsize=51cm%blue.tex values -%2*\hsize+(\hfil)=\pagewd - \divide\hsize2 \advance\hsize-1cm - \advance\vsize\vsize \advance\vsize1cm - \parskip0pt plus.8pt\relax - \obeylines\everypar{% - \hangindent2\parindent}% - \ea\let\csname par\endcsname\endgraf - \let\sub\endgraf -% - \input\the\indexfile\relax -% -%endpasteupindex part biased by -%manmac's \enddoublecolumns - \output={\balancecolumns}\eject - \endgroup - \pagegoal=\vsize\the\postindex} -% -%Add an element #1 to toks var #2 -\def\add#1to#2{#2\ea{\the#2#1}} -% -%Inner level -% -%IR creation -% -\let\spaceseparator\space -%;vrblin=200 -%Things are set up within \makexref to -%allow dynamical use. -\def\makexref{\ifproofmode%Mod cgl oct 94 - \setupsrtkeys - \bgroup\def\ {\string\ }% - \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1 }}% - \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs - \the\srtkeys\ofif - \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% - \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif - \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text{} - !\xreftype\spaceseparator - \nx\number\pageno.}}\writeit - \egroup - \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi - \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else{\next}\fi} -% -%Sorting -%;vrblin=250 -\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs -%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if -% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2} -%\immediate\write16{Compared are: *#1* -% and *#2*}% -\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2} -% -\def\nxtwindex#1#2{% -%Function: -%On input: #1 contains the `word' -%As result: #2 contains the value -% of the first non-ignored token as given -% in the ordering table. -%#1 contains the rest of the `word' - \def\pop##1##2\pop{% - \gdef#1{##2}\def\pophead{##1}}%head and tail - \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail - \ignores\ea\ea\ea{\ea - \the\ea\conseqs\the\consyms}% - \ea\loc\pophead{\the\ignores}% - \iffound\ifx\empty#1 \chardef#2=0 - \else\nxtwindex#1#2 \fi - \else - \ea\loc\pophead{\the\srtkeys}% - \iffound\xdef\pophead{\pophead}% - \ea\ea\ea\gdef\ea\ea\ea#1\ea\ea\ea - {\ea\pophead#1}% - \nxtwindex#1#2 - \else - \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\pophead\endcsname - \fi - \fi} -% -\def\otindex{%Parameters: Ordering `table' -%Special cases -\ea\chardef\csname ot \endcsname=0 -\ea\chardef\csname ot\space\endcsname=0 -%{|}~(\char126) in ASCII after lowercase -%^ active character -%Bulk according to ACII -\def\process##1{\ea\chardef - \csname ot##1\endcsname=`##1 } -%lowercase letters -\fifo abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif -\chardef\otij=`y \chardef\otIJ=`y -%other characters -\fifo !"##$&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ - []_`\ofif -%uppercase letters equal lowercase -\def\process##1{\ea\chardef - \csname ot##1\endcsname=\lccode`##1 } -\uppercase{\fifo - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif} -} -% -%Range reduction -%;vrblin=400 -\def\redrngtofile#1{%Reduction of \1,...,\n, -%with range representation of page numbers -\immediate\openout\inx=#1 - {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0 - \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname - \let\refer\word - \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi - \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 - \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname - \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number - \prcrng\num - \else%write record to \kk - \advance\kk1 \strnrs - \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator - \nrsrng.}% - \let\nrsrng\empty\init\num - \prcrng\num\let\refer\word - \fi - \repeat\ifnum1<\n - \advance\kk1 \strnrs - \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator - \nrsrng.}% - \global\n\kk\fi - }\immediate\closeout\inx} -% -%Copying -%;vrblin=500 -\def\filetoarray#1{%#1 is file name - \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax - \ifeof\inxin\immediate\write16{File #1 empty - or non-existent.}% - \fi \n\kzero\continuetrue - \loop\ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi - \ifcontinue\advance\n1 \immediate - \read\inxin t\ea o\csname\the\n\endcsname -%\immediate\write16{k: \number\n: -% \csname\the\n\endcsname}% - \repeat\advance\n-1 - \immediate\closein\inxin} -% -\def\tawfiletofile#1#2{\continuetrue - \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax - \immediate\openout\inx=#2\relax - \loop\read\inxin to\IR - \ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi - \ifcontinue\trfandwrite\IR - \repeat - \immediate\closein\inxin - \immediate\closeout\inx -} -% -\def\setupnxtokens{% - \def\process##1{\def##1{\nx##1}}% - \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs - \the\srtkeys\ofif - \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% - \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif -} -% -\def\trfandwrite#1{\ea\splitintoks#1% - \immediate\write\inx{\nx\noindent - \ifcase\digit{\the\indword}\or - {\nx\tt\the\indword}\or - \nx\cs{\the\indword}\or - $\nx\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\nx\rangle - $\fi\spaceseparator{\nx - \oldstyle\pagenrs}}}%Period deleted -% -\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}% - \chardef\digit=#2\relax\def\pagenrs{#3}} -% -%Typesetting;vrblin=600 -\def\bluedoublecolumnout{% -%Biased by manmac's doublecolumnout - \splittopskip=\topskip - \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@\pageheight - \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \blueonepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty} -% -\def\blueonepageout#1{% -%Biased by manmac's \onepageout - \shipout\vbox{% - \vbox to\baselineskip{\null - \the\headline\vss}% - \kern2ex - \vbox to\pageheight{#1\vss}% - \kern1ex - \the\footline - }\advancepageno} -% -%Auxiliaries;vrblin=700 -%SetOfKeys -\def\sok#1#2{%Function: -%Build from \srtkeykpairs \srtkeys -%via \ea\sok\srtkeypairs\kos\relax -\ifx#1\kos\kos\fi - \srtkeys\ea{\the\srtkeys#1}\sok} -\def\kos#1\sok{\fi} -% -\def\sokdef#1#2{%Function: -%Build from \srtkeypairs srtkey defs -\ifx#1\fedkos\fedkos\fi - \def#1{#2}\sokdef} -\def\fedkos#1\sokdef{\fi} -\endinput%;nonum -%Table of contents: blue.ind -%Variables -% \indexname...........(blue.tex) -% \preindex....................21 -% \postindex...................22 -% \indword.............(blue.tex) -% \indexfile...........(blue.tex) -% \irfile..............(blue.tex) -% \conseqs.....................24 -% \consyms.....................25 -% \srtkeys.....................31 -% \srtkeypairs..............26-30 -% \ignores.............(blue.tex) -%User level macros -% \sortindex..............101-125 -% \pasteupindex...........151-187 -% \add#1to#2..................190 -%Lower level macros -%IR Creation -% \makexref...............203-216 -%Sorting -% \cmpir..................251-256 -% \nxtwindex..............258-282 -% \otindex................284-304 -%Range reduction -% \redrngtofile...........401-424 -%Copying -% \filetoarray............501-512 -% \tawfiletofile..........514-523 -% \trfandwrite............533-540 -% \setupnxtokens..........525-531 -% \splitintoks............542-543 -%OTR doublecolumns -% \bluedoublecolumnout....601-609 -% \blueonepageout.........611-620 -%Auxiliaries -% \sok....................702-707 -% \sokdef.................709-713 -%History of changes -%Nov 1994 Set up. -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo% -\tool\ntglogotool %;numvrb -\message{ ---ntglogo, Jan 95, cgl--- } -\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\ntglogo{\vbox{% - \hbox{{\calx N}ederlandstalige} - \hbox{\hskip1em{\calx T}\kern-.2ex - \raise-.5ex\hbox{E}\kern.1exX} - \hbox{\hskip2em{\calx G}ebruikersgroep}}} -\setbox\ntglogobox\ntglogo -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%!cgl;nonum -\endinput -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo% -\tool\ntginfotool %;numvrb -\message{ ---ntginfo, Jan 95, cgl--- } -\def\dropntglogo{\noindent - \hangindent5\generalindent\hangafter-5 - \smash{\lower3.5\baselineskip - \hbox to0pt{\hskip-.9\hangindent - \copy\ntglogobox\hss}}} -\def\ntginfo{% -\dropntglogo is the Dutch-language-oriented - \TeX{} \UG, founded in - {\oldstyle1988}. The activities - comprise two meetings per year, - with the wealthy MAPS\Dash Minutes - and APpendiceS\Dash - sent out before each meeting.\\ -The activities are biased by sharing experience -in using \AllTeX, \MF, literate programming, -SGML, Adobe's \PS{} and PDF, next to -multi-media, in short, sharing knowledge about -Electronic Publishing, biased by \AllTeX. -The intricacies of the World-Wide-Web in -relation to using \AllTeX{} is also explored. -Less than {\oldstyle5}\% of our energy was -devoted to organizational matters in the past. -Apart from the regular MAPS we enjoy MAPS specials. -Up till {\oldstyle1994} NTG's PR set and David -Salomon's courseware\Dash -Advanced \TeX: Insights and Hindsights\Dash -have appeared in this series. -The {\oldstyle 1994} special has the title -{\oldstyle 100} FAQ: Everything you will ever -have to know about \AllTeX.\ftn{Courtesy Bobby Bodenheimer - and ukTUG, - Reprint Baskerville, {\oldstyle4}, {\oldstyle6}.} -\smallskip -Important activities, listed in historical -order, have been -\bigskip -{\generalindent5\generalindent -\item{\oldstyle1988\quad} NTG's discussion - list and fileserver on the air -\item{\oldstyle1989\quad} NTG days, various - courses have been offered since -\item{\oldstyle1990\quad} SGML-\TeX{} conference, - Babel emerges -\item{\oldstyle1992\quad} Belgian commissioner - for Flemish \AllTeX ies -\item{\oldstyle1993\quad} Goddijn's Bulletin Board -\item{\oldstyle1994\quad} 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM - with turnkey-\TeX{} system -\item{\oldstyle1995\quad} Euro\TeX, - BLUe's system emerges -\smallskip -}\bigskip -Close contacts have been maintained over the -years with the TUG\Dash \TUG\Dash and the -other LUGs\Dash Language-oriented \TUG s. -One can subscribe for a joint membership of -NTG and TUG. -\smallskip -The regular subscription fee for an individual -NTG membership is in the order of -{\it f}~{\oldstyle90} per year. -Students are granted a discount. -An institutional membership is possible. -\smallskip -Enquiries, casu quo a registration form, -can be obtained from - NTG's secretary Postbus {\oldstyle394}, - {\oldstyle1740} AJ Schagen, - ntg@nic.surfnet.nl.} -\endinput -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%;nonum!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys% -\tool\smileystool %;numvrb -\message{ ---smileys, July 95, cgl--- }% -%Assumed \mfs etc. available -\def\eyes{{\x250\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%l-eye - {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%r-eye -}% -\def\lefteyes{{\x200\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%l-eye - {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%r-eye -}% -\def\squinteyes{{\x300\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%l-eye - {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength - \putatxy}%r-eye -}% -\def\winkeye{\initialize - {100}{150}{250}{75}{250}{75}{400}{150}% - {\k0\kmax2\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}%l-winkeye - {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength\putatxy}%r-eye -}% -\def\mouth{\initialize - {250}{-250}{500}{-350}{500}{-350}{750}{-250}% - \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs} -% -\def\sadmouth{\initialize - {250}{-350}{500}{-250}{500}{-250}{750}{-350}% - \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs} -% -\kmax5 %level -\setbox\smileybox=\hbox{\unitlength.01pt - \initialize - 000{650}{1000}{650}{1000}0% - \k0\putatxy\mfs - \initialize - 000{-650}{1000}{-650}{1000}0% - \k0\mfs\y0pt\x\X4\putatxy - \kmax3 - \initialize - {100}{200}{250}{250}{250}{250}{400}{200}% - \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%l-brow - \initialize - {600}{200}{750}{250}{750}{250}{900}{200}% - \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%r-brow - {\x500\unitlength\y150\unitlength\S{250}}%Nose -}% -\endinput -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%!cgl;newcol;nonum -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc% -\tool\toctool %;numvrb -\message{---(mini-)ToC, - Sept 95, March 96 cgl---} -%March 96 writing to file is replaced by -% maintaining \toksvar tocvar. -\let\bh\bluehead -\long\def\bluehead#1\par{\bh#1\par -\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par#1}} -\let\bsh\bluesubhead -\long\def\bluesubhead#1\par{\bsh#1\par -\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\quad#1}} -\let\bssh\bluesubsubhead -\long\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par{\bssh#1\par -\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad#1}} -\let\be\blueexample -\long\def\blueexample#1\par{\be#1\par -\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad ex: #1}} -\long\def\pasteuptoc{\newcol - \bluehead Contents\par - \the\tocvar - \let\makesignature\relax} -\endinput -%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english% -\tool\englishtool %;numvrb -\message{ ---English , Jan 95, cgl--- } -\abstractname{Abstract} -\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements} -\contentsname{Contents} -\indexname{Index} -\examplename{Example} -\keywordsname{Keywords} -\referencesname{References} -\endinput -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%;nonum -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian% -\tool\russiantool %;numvrb -\message{ ---Russian , %Jan 95, - not yet available, cgl--- } -%\abstractname{Abstract} -%\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements} -%\contentsname{Contents} -%\indexname{Index} -%\examplename{Example} -%\keywordsname{Keywords} -%\referencesname{References} -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%;nonum -\endinput %!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz% -\tool\xyztool %;numvrb -\def\xyz#1#2#3{\leavevmode% -\message{ ---xyz, jan 95, cgl--- }% - \setbox0\vbox{\hbox{/}\kern0pt}% - \lower2.65\ht0\hbox{\copy0% - \rlap{\qquad#1}}% - \kern-.185\ht0\lower1.8\ht0\copy0% - \kern-.185\ht0\lower0.95\ht0\copy0% - \kern-.11\ht0% - \vrule height9ex depth0pt\relax% - \raise7ex\rlap{\qquad#3}% - \vrule height.1pt depth.1pt width 8ex% - \qquad\lower.6ex\hbox{#2}}% -\endinput %;nonum -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo% -\tool\partlogotool %;numvrb -%from TeX book -\def\partlogo#1{\goodbreak - \bigskip\noindent - \vbox{\line{\hrulefill}% - \kern-.5\baselineskip -\line{\hrulefill{ \phantom{\bf #1}} % - \hrulefill}% - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill{ \bf #1} - \hrulefill}% - \kern-.5\baselineskip - \line{\hrulefill}% -}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent} -\endinput %;nonum -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal% -\tool\pascaltool -\message{ ---pascaltool, Jan, Aug 95, cgl--- } -%C.G. van der Laan, Jan, Oct 95.%;numvrb -%Processing (first set of macros) -%\let\beginpascal\fifol -\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi - \the\postpascal\endgroup} -\let\endpascal\lofif -\def\lf{x}%toggle for last font to insert \/ -\def\processw#1{% - \ifnum\commentstatus>0 - \if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi#1\def\lf{c}\else - \ifx\relax#1\relax{ }%space - \else\foundfalse - \loc{ #1 }{\the\reservedset}% - \iffound{\if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi - \reservedwordsfont#1}\def\lf{r}% - \else\if=#1${}={}$\else - {\pascalprogramfont#1{}}\def\lf{p}\fi\fi - \fi\fi}%end processw;vrblin50 -%for the rest of listing use -%another escape char;endinput -%Typesetting : ;= ; . ^ -\def\becomes{:=} -\catcode`\:=\active -\def:#1{\if=#1${}\becomes{}$\else - {\rm\char`\:}#1\fi} -\catcode`\;=\active - \def;{{\/\rm\char`\;}} -\catcode`\.=\active \def.{{\pascalprogramfont - \char`\.}} -\catcode`\^=\active \def^{\char'\active6} - %\def^{{\enspace$\uparrow$}} -\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \def[{{\rm \char`\[}} - \def]{{\rm\/\char`\]}} -\def\leftbrace{(} -\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\*=\active -\def(#1{\ifx*#1$\{\,$\global - \advance\commentstatus1 - \pascalcommentfont - \else\leftbrace#1\fi} -%Reserved words ;vrblin100 -\reservedset{ and array begin case const - div do downto else end. end; file for - function goto if in label mod nil not of - or otherwise packed procedure program record - repeat set step string then to type until - var while with}% -%Handling of >= <= <> > < ;vrblin150 -\def\lt{<}\def\gt{>} -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>#1{\if=#1${}\geq{}$\else - ${}\gt{}$#1\fi} -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<#1{\ifx>#1${}\ne{}$\else - \if=#1${}\leq{}$\else - ${}\lt{}$#1\fi\fi} -%Handling of + - * ;vrblin200 -\def\-{-}%Save for hyphen use -\def\plus{+}\def\minus{-} -\catcode`\+=\active \def+{${}\plus{}$} -\def*#1{\if)#1$\,\}$\global - \advance\commentstatus-1 - \else${}\times{}$#1\fi} -%{\catcode`\-=\active \gdef-{${}\minus{}$}} -%Later catcode is set for minus -%Last part of processing ;vrblin250 -\obeyspaces\let =\ -\def\fifow#1 {\ifx -\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}% -\def\processl#1{\fifow#1 \wofif - \endgraf}%First space is needed -% ;vrblin300 -\let\zero0 \catcode`\0=\active\def0{{\rm\zero}} -\let\one1 \catcode`\1=\active\def1{{\rm\one}} -\let\two2 \catcode`\2=\active\def2{{\rm\two}} -\let\three3\catcode`\3=\active\def3{{\rm\three}} -\let\four4 \catcode`\4=\active\def4{{\rm\four}} -\let\five5 \catcode`\5=\active\def5{{\rm\five}} -\let\six6 \catcode`\6=\active\def6{{\rm\six}} -\let\seven7\catcode`\7=\active\def7{{\rm\seven}} -\let\eight8\catcode`\8=\active\def8{{\rm\eight}} -\let\nine9 \catcode`\9=\active\def9{{\rm\nine}} -\catcode`\-=\active \def-{${}\minus{}$}% -\obeylines\smallskip% -\the\prepascal\relax%;nonum -\endinput%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl -% -% -% -%Contents Pascal -% \beginpascal -% \lofif -% \endpascal -% \processw -%Typesetting : := ;semicol . ^ -% \becomes -% : -% ; -% . -% ^ -%Reserved words -%Handling of >= <= <> > < -% \lt -% \gt -% > -% < -%Handling of + - * -% - -% \plus -% \minus -% \times -% + -% * -% - -%Last part of processing -% \fifow# -% \processl -%Keeping track of comments, and -%using comment fonts -% {, } -% [, ] -% \commentstatus -% \pascalcommentfont -% \prepascal -% -%Use of the above file via -%\input pascal.tex -%\beginpascal -%(*Print length of third side of -% triangle given two sides and -% enclosed angle*) -%program EX4A(input, output); -%var a, b, c angle : real; -%begin read(a, b, angle); -% c:=sqrt(sqr(a)+sqr(b)- -% 2*a*b*cos(angle)); -% writeln(`The third side is', c) -%end. -%\endpascal -%\beginpascal -%(*heap creation*) -%l := n div 2 + 1; -%while l <> 1 do -%begin l := l-1; sift(a, l, n) end; -%(*sorting*) -%r := n; -%while r <> 1 do -%begin swap(a[1], a[r]); -% r := r-1; sift(a, 1, r) -%end; -%(*sift arg1 through arg2*) -%j:= arg1; -%while 2j >= arg2 and -% (a[j] < a[2j] or a[j] < a[2j+1]) -%do begin mi := 2j + if a[2j] > a[2j+1] -% then 0 -% else 1; -% exchange(a[j], a[mi]); j := mi -%end. -%\endpascal -%\bye -%Together with blue.tex and tools.dat -%replace -%\input pascal.tex -%by -%\input blue.tex -%End pascal.tex -% -% -%History of changes -%Jan 95 Designed -%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%!cgl;newcol -% -% -% -\tool\efg -phoney tool, for test purpose -\endinput%end \efg
\ No newline at end of file |